Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
To achieve the Personal development of School Children of 10 1/2 – 14 ½ years in physical, intellectual, emotional, social, spiritual and cultural educational objectives. To help build character.by admiring nature, reading Scouting for Boys Book, playing games, camping and participating in Explorer activities. To build Character using the progressive Badge system of Scout Master’s Award, Group Scout Master’s Award, District Commissioner’s Award, Chief Commissioner’s Challenge Award, To bring out the talents through the 52 Junior Scout Proficiency badges and 3 International Badges.
Youth Programme can be downloaded here
Safe from Harm Modules
IT Literacy Modules
New optional opt outs from requirements replaced with badges
Group Scout Master's Award
Bushman's Thong
Designs of the Badges/Awards
Divisions of Modules (Promise and Law, Safe from Harm, Pioneering Projects, etc)
Removal of Group Scout Master's award and replacing of Scout Master's award with Scout award
Replacing District Commissioner's Cord with Chief Commissioner's Award
Replacing Bushman's Thong with Prime Minister's Award
This page is exclusively for the Scouts who want to migrate from old syllabus to the new syllabus (2022), contains the necesary information needed.
Syllabus is active from 01/01/2021 and all Scouts who wist to migrate should take not of these key points, you may find your relavant badgework in the sections below
If you had completed the Membership Badge by 01/01/2021;
You will have to complete Scout Master's Award from the Old Syllabus before you can migrate to the new Syllabus
After completing the Scout Master's Award from Old syllabus, you can go to Scout Award in the new syllabus
If you had completed the Scout Master's Award by 01/01/2021;
You should be under 15 years old to migrate
You will have to complete Group Scout Master's Award from the Old Syllabus before you can migrate to the new Syllabus
After completing the Group Scout Master's Award from Old syllabus, you can go to Chief Commissioner's Award in the new syllabus
If you are 15 years or over 15 years old you should stay in the Old Syllabus and not migrate to the new syllabus
If you had completed the Group Scout Master's Award by 01/01/2021;
You should not be 15 years or over 15 years old when you are trying to migrate
Your award is equal to the Chief Commissioner's Award therfore you don't have to complete any award before you migrate to the new syllabus
You can straight-away start with Chief Commissioner's Award in the new syllabus
Reason to Check your age whether you are 15 or over 15 years old when migrating to Awards after the Scout Award in the new syllabus, each award requires a 9 months service period
If you are 15 years or over 15 years old you should stay in the Old Syllabus and not migrate to the new syllabus
If you had completed the District Commissioner's Award by 01/01/2021;
You should under 16 years old to migrate
You can straight-away start with Prime Minister''s Award in the new syllabus
If you are 16 years or over 16 years old you should stay in the Old Syllabus and not migrate to the new syllabus
If you had completed the Bushman's Thong by 01/01/2021;
If you are over 17 years old, you should stay in the old syllabus and complete the President's Scout Award. You should not migrate to the new syllabus
If you are under 17 years old, you may migrate to the new syllabus and start President's Scout Award
If you are 17 years or over 17 years old you should stay in the Old Syllabus and not migrate to the new syllabus
Three ways to complete the Membership badge
A boy/girl (who has not been a member of the Scout Movement - recruit) joining the Junior Scout Troop at the age of 10 years and 02 months, should:
Complete the Pre-membership programme followed by the 6 activities mentioned below in 4 months by the age of 10 years and 06 months;
Scout Promise and Scout Law
Scout Sign and Methods of Saluting
Whistle Signs
Hand Signals
Show the ability to obey the following commands
Knots and Whipping
Complete the 2 months service period after completing the Pre-membership activity programme while completing activities under the Membership Badge which are not completed under the Pre-Membership Activitiy Programme
Be registered as a Junior Scout at the age of 10 years and 08 months
A Cub Scout who has completed the Gold Star and joining the Junior Scout Troop at the age of 10 years and 06 months, should:
Complete 01 month training period after joining the Scout Troop
Complete the requirements mentioned below prior to the investiture:
Scout Promise and Law
National Anthem
Whistle Signals
Hand Signals
Thrift - Savings Account
Wood-craft Signs
A Cub Scout who has completed the Silver Star and joining the Junior Scout Troop at the age of 10 years and 06 months, should:
Complete 02 months training period after joining the Scout Troop
Complete the requirements mentioned below prior to the investiture:
Scout Promise and Law
National Anthem
Whistle Signals
Hand Signals
Thrift - Savings Account
Wood-craft Signs
All Changes are in tabbed format, you may replace the content with the new syllabus content
5. A Scout is Courageous
7. A Scout is Cooperative
5. A Scout is Courteous
7. A Scout is Obedient
Please note that these files are copyrighted to their owners, SLSA and Colombo District Programme Team.
Scouting activity and the sections for badge progress are organized according to age range and different stages of personal development. The actual names and age ranges of these sections differ from country to country.
Scouting is a non-formal educational movement, and has been since its inception. The Scout Programme is the procedure through which our Movement implements and delivers its educational purpose. The Founder, Robert Baden-Powell (B-P), set out the elements of the programme in 'Scouting for Boys', which was first published in 1908 as a series of pamphlets, and later published as a book and updated in every single edition over the following 15 years. Within the book we can find an explanation of What, How, and Why we are doing all that we are now doing in Scouting.
We are proud to introduce the Badgework Portal for all your programme badgework needs, with the guidance of the Group Advisors, instructors, and various contributors from our Troop. You can select your Badgework syllabus from the Variations section on top and start working on your badgework.
Note: We have allowed you to export the sections or separate pages as a PDF file, but we highly discourage copy-pasting the content to the Log Book or using print-outs. We recommend that you internalize the content and handwrite it in your book, based on your own interpretation and understanding.
Use the Resources as a reference and research more content to build your own notes
The content is fact checked by Past Scouts and Instructors who are President's Scouts.
The content contains links to Third-Party materials
and Third-party Content
The content is structured on the National Youth Programme Syllabus released by the Sri Lanka Scout Association
The Badgework Portal is solely property of 39th Colombo Scout Group. Reusing the content is allowed only by submitting a written request, being for any content under a subdomain of prepscouts.lk
. Requests can be directed to admin@prepscouts.org
Any broken links, copyright infringements, or suggestions can be directed to admin@prepscouts.lk
Contributions are welcome from all over the world. Please navigate to 'Contributions' below to know about how to contribute
The 2022 syllabus may contain partial information which will be uploaded gradually when the syllabus content is distributed to the Scout Leaders.
Know the meaning of the Scout sign, Scout salute, and the left hand shake
Be able to make the Scout sign with the hand
Know when to use them Know when to salute
The Scout sign is made by holding your right hand at shoulder height in the position shown on the right. It is used whenever someone makes or renews their Scout Promise. The Scout sign, also known as the half-salute is used in some occasions (such as when reciting the Scout promise).The three outstretched fingers represent the three main parts of the promise and the circle between thumb and little finger represents the world-wide family of Scouting.
The Scout Sign is made with the right hand palm forward with forefinger, middle and ring finger pointed upward, the thumb folded over the little finger. The forearm forms a right angle with the upper arm which is horizontally in line with the shoulder.
The Scout salute is a sign of respect and friendship. In most situations, the salute is made with the right hand, palm face out, the thumb holding down the little finger, and with the fingertips on the brow of the head. There are some variations of the salute between national Scouting organizations and also within some programme sections.
A "half-salute", known as the Scout Sign, is also used in certain situations. The hand is still held palm facing out, and the thumb holding the little finger, but the hand is held at the shoulder instead.
Originally, Baden-Powell intended for Scouts to salute each other in greeting when they first saw each other for the first time using the "secret sign", or half-salute. This was regardless of whether the Scouts knew each other or not. Officers, such as Patrol Leaders, Scoutmasters, or members of the armed forces, were to be saluted with a full-salute.
Though the Scout Sign and Salute, is used to greet and as a symbol of Scouts, It gives a universal significance.
The left handshake is a sign of bravery and respect.
The left handshake comes to us from the Ashanti warriors whom Lord Baden-Powell, the founder of Scouting, knew almost 100 years ago in West Africa.
Prempeh, the Chief of the Ashanti Tribe was captured he came forward and held out his Left Hand but B.P.in return offered his right hand. The chief Prempeh replied that in his country the bravest of the brave shakes hand with the left hand. because to do so we must drop our shields and our protection." The Ashanti’s knew of Baden-Powell's bravery because they had fought against him and with him, and they were proud to offer the left hand of bravery. From this incident the left-hand shake was introduce in scouting as a Sing of Friendship, bravery and respect. Lady Baden also had said, Scout Leaders all over the World have agreed on the use of the LeftHand Shake. It is a warm grip, like any other sincere hand shake. The Left Hand is used because it is the Hand of Friendship, the Hand nearest to the heart. Scouts everywhere greet each other with a warm Left-Hand Shake. Using it makes one feel that he/she ‘Belongs’ and that he/she is one among millions of Scouts in various parts of the Globe dedicated to the same code of service.
When you use the Scout salute and handshake, remember that they are signs of respect and courage
Practice the above with the members of your patrol and with your Troop.
Practice this action song with your members of your Patrol/Troop
Make two circles stand face to face each other scout. Now you have a friend in front of you.
Start singing the song with action mentioned below.
Good morning my dear friend (Scout salute to the scout in front of you)
How are you this morning (Handshake with him with your left hand)
Let us dance in a circle Bind your left hands together at your elbows and dance around in a circle in anti-clockwise at the same place)
Say good bye and pass on (Salute again and pass on one step to your right side and meet the next friend and continue.)
The man who became known as B-P was born Robert Stephenson Smyth Baden-Powell in London on 22 February, 1857, the son of an Oxford University professor.
The eighth of ten children, B-P was only three years old when his father died, leaving his mother, Henrietta Powell, to bring up the family on her own.
B-P got his early education from his mother, but he later won a scholarship to Charterhouse School, founded in 1611 and one of Britain’s most prestigious public (private) schools. Henrietta encouraged her children to make their own fun, and the young B-P was always eager to learn new skills, picking up both the piano and violin.
At Charterhouse, he began to turn his attention to the great outdoors, hiding out in the woods around the school to track wildlife, and even catch and cook rabbits, being careful not to let the tell-tale smoke give his position away.
During the holidays, the young adventurer would head out with his brothers in search of adventure. On one occasion, they went sailing around the south coast of England. On another, they paddled up the the River Thames by canoe to its source. All the time, Baden-Powell was learning the crafts and skills that were to prove so useful to him in later life.
B-P wasn’t known for being one of the most academically-minded of schoolboys, but when he took the entrance exam for the army he came in second of the several hundred applicants and was commissioned straight into the 13th Hussars, bypassing the officer training that was the usual route into the cavalry regiment. He later became their Honorary Colonel.
In 1876, B-P headed to India with his new regiment. As a young army officer, he specialized in scouting, map-making and reconnaissance, and soon began to train the other soldiers in what were essential skills for any soldier of the time. B-P's methods were unorthodox. He set up small units or patrols who worked together under a single leader, and made sure there was special recognition for those who did well. The proficiency badges he awarded then resembled the traditional design of the north compass point, and today’s universal Scout badge remains remarkably similar.
After India, B-P found himself in the Balkans, South Africa and Malta. But it was his return to Africa at the start of the Second Boer War that made his reputation. Now a Lieutenant-General, B-P found himself the leader of a British garrison defending the town of Mafeking against some 5,000 Boer soldiers. B-P and his men managed to give the impression the town was far more heavily guarded than it actually was, holding off the Boers for 217 days until reinforcements finally arrived. The siege allowed B-P to truly test his scouting skills, and the courage and ingenuity shown by the young soldiers at Mafeking made a lasting impression on him.
Returning home in 1903, B-P discovered that he had become a national hero. He also found that the small handbook he had written for soldiers, Aids to Scouting, was being used by youth leaders and teachers all over the country to teach observation and woodcraft.
His newfound fame led to invitations to speak at meetings and rallies across Britain, and while at a Boys' Brigade gathering the group’s founder Sir William Smith asked B-P to devise a scheme to improve citizenship training for boys.
B-P immediately set to work. He reworked Aids to Scouting for a younger audience, and in 1907 organised what’s known as the “experimental” camp on Brownsea Island, off the coast of Dorset, to put some of his ideas into practice. He brought together 22 boys - some wealthier children from private schools and some from ordinary working class homes - and took them camping. It was the start of the Scout Movement; an event now commemorated with a foundation stone on the island.
Scouting for Boys was published the following year in six fortnightly parts and proved more successful than anyone expected. Boys followed B-P’s suggestions and formed themselves into Scout Patrols to try out the book’s ideas. There were so many enquiries about scouting that B-P set up an office to deal with all the requests. What had been intended as a training guide for existing youth organisations became the handbook of a new Movement; one that would eventually spread across the globe. Scouting for Boys has since been translated into all the world’s major languages.
In 1910, at the age of 53, B-P retired from the army to devote his life to the Scout Movement, travelling the world to inspire more young people to join scouting.
Two years later, he finally married. Olave Soames was his constant help and companion in all this work, and closely involved in the development of the Movement (Lady Olave later became World Chief Guide). Together, the couple went on to have three children (Peter, Heather and Betty).
By 1920, the Movement was large enough to hold its first jamboree. Some 8,000 Scouts from 34 countries gathered for the first World Scout Jamboree beneath the glass-covered dome of London’s Olympia – the floor covered in earth especially for the occasion so the Scouts could pitch their tents. As the event drew to a close, B-P was acclaimed the Chief Scout of the World, a title that he was to hold until the death.
Nine years later, at the third World Jamboree, also in England, the Prince of Wales announced that B-P would be given a peerage by the King. B-P took the title of Lord Baden-Powell of Gilwell; Gilwell Park being the location of the international training centre he had established for Scout leaders.
In 1938, with his health declining, B-P returned to Africa to live in semi-retirement in the shadow of Mount Kenya at Nyeri.
On 8 January 1941, at the age of 83, B-P died. The adventurous young man who once trapped and ate rabbits in the school grounds had gone on to inspire generations of young people, writing at least 32 books, collecting honorary degrees from at least six universities, receiving numerous foreign orders and decorations, and 19 foreign Scout awards.
B-P is buried in the graveyard at Nyeri. The marble headstone is carved with the emblems of the Boy Scouts and Girl Guides and the words: "Robert Baden-Powell, Chief Scout of the World". Lady Olave continued to promote Scouting and Girl Guiding around the world until her death in 1977, when she was buried alongside her husband at Nyeri.
B-P prepared a farewell message for his Scouts to be published only after his death.
“Try and leave this world a little better than you found it,” he wrote. It’s a message that’s as relevant today as it was in the 1940s, and remains a source of inspiration for young people throughout the world.
Robert Baden-Powell (BP) was born as Robert Stephenson Smyth Baden Powell in London on 22nd February 1857. BP was the youngest of 7 children. His father died when he was 3 years old and his mother susequently changed the name of her children to Baden-Powell. He was the seventh of eight sons among ten children from the third marriage of Reverend Baden Powell (1796-1860), Baden-Powell was raised by his mother, Henrietta Grace Powell nee Smyth (1824,1914).
1857 Feb 22 - Born at 9, Stanhope Street, Padington, London, England
1876 Feb 20 - Joined the British army, appointed as a sub-lieutenant for the 13th Hussars in Lucknow, India and specialized in Scouting, map-marking and military observation
1899 Feb 22 - Declared as a hero for successful defending the Mafeking Town during the Boer War and was promoted to Major-General by Queen Victoria
1907 Aug 01 - Held a seven dat experiment camp for 20 boys in Brownsea Island, Dorest, England
1908 - BP's Scouting for Boys was published in six installements
1910 Feb 22 - Baden Powell retired from army as Lieutenant General and focussed on the Scout Movement
1912 Feb 22 - Married Olave St Clair Soames and subsequently hadthree clidren - Arthur, Heather and Betty
1913 Feb 19 - Started Giliwell Park Training Centre for Scout Leaders in London, England
1920 Jul 30 - Baden Powell acclaimed Chief Scout of the World at the 1st World Scout Hamboree held in London, England
1925 Feb 22 - Opened the International Scout Chalet in Kanderateg, Switxerland (now known as the Knadersteg International Scout Centre)
1929 Feb 22 - Made Lord Baden Powell, 1st Baron of Giliwell by King George V
1937 - BP retired from public Scouting Life
1939 - BP moved to a cottage he had commissioned in Nyeri, Kenya near Mount Kenya
1941 Jan 08 - BP died and was buried in Nyeri, Kenya
Be able to sing the National anthem alone
Know what should be done when singing the National Anthem
Know about the composer and the history of the National Anthem
Know the meaning of the National Anthem
The national anthem of a country is considered a national symbol, which is intended to unify a group of people. The language used in an anthem is meant to evoke emotions of belongingness, national identification, and group membership.
The psychological effect of the national anthem on its citizens cannot be undermined. This is why most countries in the world spend years constructing an anthem and why some countries keep changing the lyrics of the anthem to align with the country’s values. Russia is the best example for this, with numerous changes made to the anthem throughout the years.
Sri Lanka’s National Anthem: From past to present
Sri Lanka’s National Anthem was composed by Ananda Samarakoon, a renowned lyricist, music composer, singer and painter. Professor Sunil Ariyaratne, in his book ‘Ananda Samarakoon Adyanaya’ (Ananda Samarakoon – A Critical Study), describes the journey of Ananda Samarakoon and our National Anthem.
Samarakoon studied at the Visva-Bharati University at Shantiniketan, founded by the Nobel Laureate, Rabindranath Tagore, in West Bengal, India. The original version, Namo Matha, was composed by Samarakoon in the year 1940 and was a popular patriotic song at the time. It was performed at the first Independence Day celebrations of the country in 1949. It is interesting to note that the song was translated to Tamil by Pandit M. Nallathambi, which was also performed at the same occasion. However, these were referred to as “National Songs” and not as national anthems in the commemoration notice printed by the Ceylon Government Press. It was only in 1951 that the same song Namo Namo Matha was officially adopted as the National Anthem of our country.
The struggles of the National Anthem of our country starts here. Critiques of the anthem argued that the gana (the arrangement of the first three syllables) of the introductory words of the anthem were inauspicious and claimed that the tragedies faced by the country, including the deaths of two Prime Ministers: D.S. Senanayake and S.W.R.D. Bandaranaike, were a result of the introductory words Namo Namo Matha.
Samarakoon desperately defended his composition but to no avail. In 1960, the Government of Sirimavo Bandaranaike made the decision to change the introductory words of the anthem, from Namo Namo Matha to Sri Lanka Matha and thus, the National Anthem of our country became Sri Lanka Matha. The new National Anthem was sung for the first time at the Independence Day celebrations in 1961.
The changing of words, without his consent, devastated Samarakoon. He conveyed his disappointment and disgust over the matter to the then opposition leader, Dudley Senanayake, in a letter dated 3 March 1962, which was found on his study desk. The distressed Ananda Samarakoon committed suicide by taking an overdose of sleeping tablets and on 5 April 1962, he died, at the age of 51. One may argue that the first true casualty of our National Anthem was the composer himself and that the anthem was cursed from the very beginning!
Who is the composer of the National Anthem of Sri Lanka (Ananda Samarakoon)
When was the Namo Namo Matha first National Anthem given state recognition by the Government of Sri Lanka. (1951)
When was the first line of the National Anthem Namo Namo Matha changed to Sri Lanka Matha. (1961)
When was the National Anthem of Sri Lanka and its melody were officially included as an appendix in the constitution of our country? (1978)
What should be done when singing the National Anthem. (be in Alert/Attention position)
Source:
Scout members have long had an excellent reputation for appearance, discipline and good order that is recognized and admired by the public.
Scouts leaving the camp and going to public places must be properly and neatly dressed.
Called by "Troop" or use troop call to attract attention and silence in Troop. A hand single is shown to get the Troop into required formation.
Troop then assumes the At Ease position-feet a comfortable distance apart, right hand clasped in left hand behind back, head up, eyes front.
Move left foot up smartly to right foot-heels touching, toes apart(feet should be at 30 degree angle), arms straight at sides in-line with the seam of the trouser, head up, look straight ahead
Move left foot to left and take up position described above. This command may be followed by 'Easy'. Relax, the body, arms and head may now be moved but the feel must remain in the 'At Ease' position. The troop may not go direct from the 'Alert' position to the 'Easy' position.
Turn on right heel and left toe-snap left foot up to right.
Turn on left heel and right toe-snap right foot up to left
Turn right about on right heel and left toe-snap left foot up to right.
The Scout should know his/her name, number, address and parents’ names, telephone numbers and how to contact them and 21 SRI LANKA SCOUT ASSOCIATION – SCOUT YOUTH PROGRAMME 2021 work place of parents
Walk alone if parents have told you to do so, and it must be in a route that they have trained you to walk
Recognise good touch bad touch - How to report bad touch to the leader (who, what, when, where, how often)
Understands the importance of not associating with strangers or speaking to them – never divulge any personal information to any stranger. How to report if this occurs
Know about types of Physical Abuse that may occur to Scouts and be able to report this correctly (who, what, when, where, how often)
Know when the Scout becomes mentally uncomfortable in situations and and to be able to tell the Leader specifics of the situation (who, what, when, where, how often)
Recognize Bullying - Be able to report if they think someone is Bullying them (who, what, when, where, how often)
Knots, hitches and splices are methods used to tie ropes or to fasten them together. These are used for thread, string and similar materials. Knots, hitches and splices resemble each other and are also called in general name Knot.
A whipping knot or whipping is a binding around the end of a rope to prevent it's natural tendency to fray.
The reef knot is one of the most basic knots in Scouting. The reef knot is also called thesquare knot. This knot is an ancient and simple binding knot used to secure a rope or line around an object. It is sometimes also referred to as Hercules knot, Double knot, brother hood knot. This reef knot is related to Thief knot, Granny knot, Grief knot, surgeon’s knot, Shoelace knot.
This knot is formed by tying a left-handed over handed knot and then a right-handed over handed knot. A common procedure for this knot is “RIGHT OVER LEFT AND LEFT OVER RIGHT”.
This reef knot is used to tie the two ends of a single rope piece together such that they will secure something, for example a bundle of an objects and also to tie bandages, shoelaces, belts, sashes, whipping knots and lashings etc.
The sheepshank knot is mostly used to shorten a length of rope temporarily. Not being a stable knot, it falls apart under too heavy or too little load. Hence, it should be avoided.
Uses : Sheepshank knots are typically used for securing loads to trucks or trailers, and in sailing applications.
The Bowline makes a reasonably secure loop in the end of a piece of rope. It has many uses, e.g., to fasten a mooring line to a ring or a post. Under load, it does not slip or bind. With no load it can be untied easily. Two bowlines can be linked together to join two ropes. Its principal shortcoming is that it cannot be tied, or untied, when there is a load on the standing end. It should therefore be avoided when, for example, a mooring line may have to be released under load.
The Round Turn and Two (or more) Half Hitches is very useful for attaching a rope to a ring, bar, pole, or dock post. As the name suggests, the Round Turn and Two Half Hitches is composed of two important parts:
Round Turn: The initial ‘Round Turn’ – actually two passes of the tail – should take the initial strain while you complete the knot. This may be critical when handling a mooring line. An additional turn, or even two additional turns, should be added initially if you are handling a heavy load, e.g., with a large vessel or in a strong wind. These turns allow you to control the load while you add the:
Two or More Half Hitches. The two Half Hitches actually form a clove hitch round the standing end. However, it is common to see an additional one, or more Half Hitches – either to make the knot more secure or to use up excess line.
Uses: The Sheet Bend is recommended for joining two ropes of unequal size. The thicker rope must be used for the simple bight as shown. However, it works equally well if the ropes are of the same size.
Its origin can be traced back to the first quarter of the sixteenth century when it was tied in ratlines. The evidence of this fact lies in early sculptures and paintings.
The word clove is the past tense of cleave meaning split or divided. It is so named as there appear parallel lines of the rope at the back of the knot.
Uses
Functions as a crossing knot.
To start and finish a lashing such as the conventional square lashing in pioneering.
For the master point in a fixed rock climbing anchor. Can also connect a personal anchor.
By placing the knot on the spine of a carabiner you create a biner block that securely blocks against a rapid.
In solo climbing (as it is safe for self-belaying on a biner) and for rappel transitions.
Hoisting.
In decorative macramé patterns (for eg. tying a square knot inside a clove hitch diamond).
For tying bandages (arm slings) in case of injuries and for first aid.
To tie a fender to a rail on a moving boat.
In hammock hanging systems.
To set up teepees.
Tying upholstery springs.
Aircraft wiring.
Uses: The Common Whipping is the classic simple whipping and can be tied with no needle. With a little practice, and the appropriate size of whipping twine, it creates a very neat appearance with no visible ends.
Finishing the Whipping: The Common Whipping can be made very close to the end of the rope, which is ideal if the end has already been melted. When the end has not been melted – or is a material that cannot be melted by heat, it is better to secure the end temporarily with a constrictor knot or a piece of tape (as shown in the animation). Then trim off the excess when finished. For a rope that can be melted with heat, melt the end for additional security.
BELIEVE IN YOURSELF : Believe in yourself and your power to heal yourself. No-one knows you better, or has your best interests at heart than you. Physicians and Alternative Health practitioners can only assist the body’s immune system heal itself.
RESPECT YOUR BODY : It’s the only one you’ll have, and there’s no way to trade it in for a new model. And someone else’s expensive body parts don’t fit very well!
DON'T SMOKE : The long term effects are devastating to your whole system. If you do nothing else, for your sake and your loved ones, do this now.
HOW YOU LIVE : Look at how you live your life. If you continually abuse your body with poor eating, no exercise, excess alcohol, and drugs (prescription or otherwise), expect your body to retaliate. It’s only trying to warn you.
PAIN : Pain and discomfort are signals the body sends to warn you of a problem. They are not illnesses in themselves. To cure the pain, you must cure the cause. Painkillers only make things worse; they mask the warnings and allow you to continue harming yourself, particularly if you take them for arthritis.
PRESCRIPTION DRUGS : Prescription drugs do not cure disease: they either mask the symptoms or suppress them. They might make you feel a little better, but are really delaying the problem which has the capacity to escalate in your body and become life threatening. If you are taking Prescription drugs, make it your goal to ease your way off them over a period of time, and repair the damage they have surely done. This should be done with the supervision of your physician.
HOSPITALS : Try to stay away from hospitals and the Super-bugs they have been produced using modern Drugs concocted by Pharmaceutical Companies. They know little about preventative Nutrition and do not have the time nor the incentives to keep abreast of “new” protocols using Nutritional Supplements as a valid treatment for disease.
EATING : You are how you live. Eating, and other habits determine your long term health. Many habits are “inherited” as part of growing up, like fast food, and are often difficult to change. But do not believe that these habits and their health consequences are genetically predetermined for you. You after all, are the master of your own life.
PROCESSING FOOD : What ever you put in your mouth must either be used to build your body, or must be eliminated from it through the stomach, the bladder, the lungs and the skin. The body has a miraculous capacity to do this with natural foods rich in enzymes. It has very limited ability to deal with modern food contaminants (preservatives, artificial sweeteners, fats, poultry and animal growth hormones etc.). What it can’t eliminate, it stores in the body, mainly in the adipose fat and in organs, lymph nodes, glands and joints. These deposits can degenerate into inflammation and even tumors. Clean them out regularly.
WASTE : Keep you bowls regular to assist this process of elimination. Constipation is a long term killer. Do this through good eating and exercise, not harsh drugs. The cleaner your system, the less likely it will become a breeding ground for infection, parasites and viruses.
WATER : Drink plenty of pure water pure water (at least 8 glasses a day) to keep the kidneys flushed. Do not drink tap water if possible. It is contaminated with two of the most toxic carcinogens (Chlorine and fluoride) known. And even this “purification” does not ensure that it will be free from parasites such as giardia and cryptosporidium.
SODAS : Stop drinking Sodas, particularly Colas and those laced with artificial sweeteners.
MEATS : Cut down on your consumption of animal proteins. You don’t need them in your diet, and they are highly contaminated by the time they reach your table. Substitute as much Soy based foods as you can. This is not a major sacrifice – there are wonderful non-meat dishes out there waiting to be enjoyed.
FRUITS & VEGGIES : Increase your consumption of fresh food, particularly uncooked fruit and veggies. But remember, this food is grown in soils seriously depleted by poor farming practices; they no longer have their traditional nutrients and enzymes in them. If you can find genuine organically grown food, buy it if its fresh. If you can’t obtain quality produce, supplement it with a green drink.
STRESS : Reduce your level of stress. A range of chemical imbalances in your system can elevate the level of stress you experience.
SLEEP : Try to get a restful night’s sleep every night.
EXERCISE : You need to be active at least three times a week. The more you puff and blow, the more good you are doing your system. The sweat glands and the lungs help flush toxins from your body.
The word "signal" comes from the Latin meaning "a mark" or "a sign", and refers to the various means whereby information is sent over a distance by some pre-arranged code when verbal statements would either be undesirable or impracticable or perhaps unnecessary. Quite obviously the method of making the signals will vary with the general circumstances and purpose of transmitting the information. To-day we use signals in connection with matters of everyday importance – control of traffic, control of the railways, for communication at sea or for inter-communication in time of war.
Whether you're getting help in an emergency or just sharing ideas with friends, Scouting helps you learn good ways to communicate clearly. And it's not just about speaking well.
Signalling is an art that is probably as old as civilization, and it seems that man has always had a desire and occasion to convey information to others by means of a system of signals. That mysterious method of communication still used in remote parts of Africa, communication by means of the drum; is a method which has been used for centuries. Our Founder had practical experience of this method, and most of us have been made familiar with the possibilities of such communication through the medium of the "Jungle" films. Within the last few years Scouts had the opportunity of imitating a primitive method of communication something like the African method when the huge bonfires were built and lit on our hills and moors as part of a national celebration. We imitated the famous beacon fires of Armada days. Compared with the African drum method our methods were quite crude and primitive; but the lighting of warning beacon fires is one clue to the origin of our modern methods of signalling.
For thousands of years people have signalled important news of peace or war or of feasting over long distances by one method or another.
A Scout should be at alert for a whistle call, if he/she hears a whistle call the Scout should stop whatever he/she is doing and obey the whistle call. The conventional way to get the Scouts attention is to blast a long whistle signla and follow up by the signal intended.
Simple Troop formations are necessary to orderliness and smartness and for getting the Patrols lined up quickly for games and projects. These formations call for the Scout type of drill, using silent hand signals
Silent Signals for Troop Formations
The arm signals for Troop formations are intended to facilitate preparations for unified group action when the noise and the fury of the elements prevail. These signals are given by the senior Patrol Leader or whoever is designated as drill master.
The intelligent leaders should not limit himself to the use of signals suggested. Conditions like terrain, weather, kind of emergency, physical conditions of the Scouts, and the like, should enable him to determine more practical uses of signals.
Herewith are brief descriptions and some uses of the arm signals:
Extended both arms horizontally, parallel to the line he wishes the troop to take, palms turned front if he wants Patrols in front of him, palms turned back if he wants patrols behind him.
How to Execute: Patrol Leaders take up positions in front at center of their Patrols. Patrols fall in line two paces behind their Leaders, with two paces interval between patrols. Assistant Patrol Leaders stay at extreme right of Patrol, the other members on his left. The line dresses right without command.
Uses: For general line-up, for inspection in meeting room, also in preparing to move the Troop across a wide area
Extended both arms horizontally, arms slanted to the way and order commander wants.
How to Execute: Patrols fall in, in a single line according to the slanted line commander makes. The tallest person leads the line and go to the side which the commander's arm is raised. Members fall in according to the height order in combination with the slanted line.
Uses: For general line-up, for inspection in meeting room, also in preparing to move the Troop across a wide area
Arms forward at shoulder height, palms facing inward, fingers pointing front.
How to Execute: Patrol Leaders take positions two paces apart, their members fall in behind them
Uses: For relays, general briefings and other games
Both arms extended sideward but bent at right angles at elbows, closed fists are extended toward the sky.
How to Execute: Patrols fall in, one behind the other, dressing immediately on the front patrol and on the right. A distance equal to the length of each Patrol should be left between it and the Patrol in front of it. Patrol Leaders take two paces in front of the center of their Patrols.
When the Open Columns is commanded, If 3 Patrols are formed line by line:
Last Patrol should move 2 steps to the back
Second patrol should move 1 step to the back
First Patrol doesn't move
When 7 Patrols are formed
7th (Last) Patrol should take 6 steps to the back
6th Patrol should take 5 steps to the back
5th Patrol should take 4 steps to the back
4th Patrol should take 3 steps to the back
3rd Patrol should take 2 steps to the back
2nd Patrol should tale 1 step to the back
1st Patrol does not move
Uses: For inspection and parade formation.
Same as for open column of Patrols, except that closed fists are extended toward the sky.
How to Execute: Patrols fall in, in a single line. Patrols observe same order of sequence as in Troop Line, though Patrol Leaders fall in on the right of their patrols.Arms distance must be the correct space in between the patrols.
Uses: For Flag Ceremonies and Awarding Ceremonies.
The Patrols are lined up to the shape of a horse shoe. The Duty Patrol leads the horse shoe and formed at the top right of the horse shoe.
How to Execute: Commander/Duty Patrol Leader stands infornt of the flag where he wants to conduct facing the back to the flag. The hands are raised to the sides making a 60 Degree angle, palms streched,facing outwards,fingers pointing to the ground/position where the horse shoe formation starts and end. The Commander then perfects the shape formation. Patrols fall in, in a single line to the shape of a horse shoe.Patrols take a double arm gap between Patrols and arm gaps between members. The commander/Duty Patrol Leader is stood in the place where the horse shoe shape has an opening.
Uses: For Flag Ceremonies and Awarding Ceremonies.
Patrols are lined up in Parallel Formation but in the shape of Cartwheel Spokes. This Formation is very common in Camporees/ Jamborees where Sub Camp Rallies are concerned.
How to Execute: Commander raises his arm and stretch the arm and the fingers making the gap in-between the fingers visible. This indicates that a Cart Wheel Formation should be initiated.
Uses: For Flag Ceremonies, Awarding Ceremonies, briefing of a project.
One arm is extended, fists closed and rotated backwards making a shape of a circle.
How to Execute: Patrol form a complete circle around the Leader in same order as in Council formation.
Uses: For Ceremonies and circle games.
Both arms extended sideward but bent at right angles at elbows, palms open facing the head.
How to Execute: Patrols fall in, in a single line. Patrols observe same order of sequence as in Troop Line, though Patrol Leaders fall in on the right of their patrols
Uses: For Flag Ceremonies and Awarding Ceremonies.
When it comes to adventurous activities, we should be keeping a record of all our experiences – but why do we that, how do we do it, is it really that important, and should it only be adventurous activities that we keep track of?
Keeping track of your adventures and opportunities provides a record of what you have done, where it’s been conducted and when. Through these records, you’ll be able to reflect back on the personal development during each expedition and the furthering of skills that has occurred. Furthermore, recording your adventures serves as a journey of your learning, and might also help when looking to gain formal industry qualifications.
A Scout Log Book is an ordinary combined 400 pages CR Book. Log Books can be bought from the Sri Lanka Scout Association (Headquarters) Scout shop but it is discouraged to do so. Therefore a Scout should make his own Log Book. However there are is a proper format to do it.
Log Book Cover should clearly mention "SCOUT LOG BOOK" or "LOG BOOK" in block letters
Scout's name with initials, registration number and the Scout Group should be shown in the Log Book Cover
The first page of the Log Book must include the bio data of the respective Scout in the below mentioned format.
Bio Data
Name: Full Name
Date of Birth: DD/MM/YYYY
Address:
Contact No: Mobile phone numbers of parents/Landline number
Father's Name:
Mother's Name:
Scout Group: 39th Colombo (S.Thomas Preparatory School)
Date of Joining:
Date of Investiture: (Include when you are invested)
Registration no:
Patrol:
Patrol Leader:
Troop Leader:
The second Page should contain information about the Scout Group
Title: The Scouter's Council
Group Scout Leader:
Group Advisors:
Scout Master:
Asst. Scout Master(s):
Senior Scouts:
Patrol Leaders:
After writing of the Scout Law and the Scout Promise the scout should write about his first scout meeting.
The back of the back cover page, the scout is advised to design a progress card holder made by himself with a modified envelope or a design by him.
It is not a must to decorate your log book with stickers but to stylize your log book in your own way.
Copy-writing or Copy pasting from a source is discouraged and is a bad practice. A Scout himself should learn to explore about the field he is looking for and summarize his findings in a creative, neat way. Avoid overcrowding pages with photos only, have the photos in a separate album and paste two or three on the Log Book.
What you should include in your Log Book ?
Badgework notes (Youth Programme)
Daily Logs : A summary of the Saturday Scout meeting
Camp Logs: A summary of what happened in the Camps
Special Occasions : A summary of special occasions (Founder's Day, JOTA JOTI, Community Service Projects, Good deeds, Parent's Day, Annual Campfire)
You can view more details how you could maintain your Log Book here
Do a treasure hunt using the wood craft signs as given in Scouting for Boys and with a few obstacles (about 500 meters)
Tracking signs are a great way to communicate to other groups on an outdoor adventure! Simply by laying down sticks or rocks in a particular way, we can tell others which direction we’ve gone, what dangers are ahead and when we’ve gone home.
These patterns will not look the same according to the materials used. In most scenarios when hiking, to show the team or to find back home: the main hiker or one person break a branch and hang so that they can find the way back home easily with the hung branch.
The importance of saving money cannot be understated. In fact, with so many proven benefits, saving money is one of the best financial habits you can adopt. But, if saving money doesn’t come easy to you, or you just don’t see the point, it’s natural to ask yourself, why is saving money important?
First and foremost, saving money is important because it helps protect you in the event of a financial emergency. Additionally, saving money can help you pay for large purchases, avoid debt, reduce your financial stress, leave a financial legacy, and provide you with a greater sense of financial freedom.
Freedom to Pursue Your Dream Career
Long-Term Security
Emergencies
Stress Reduction
Helping Others
Education
Major Life Events
Saving money is important because it provides security, stress relief, and freedom. And while there are countless reasons to save, you just need to find a reason that resonates with you. Whether it’s helping others, improving your marital finances, leaving a positive financial legacy, or just having a little more fun, you owe it to yourself to prioritize saving.
Having your own savings account makes you more money aware and can encourage you to develop good savings habits as grown-ups.
There are many types of Savings accounts specifically categorized under different categories.
Regular Savings
Children's Savings
Teenage Savings
Senior Citizens Savings
Fixed deposits
Investment Accounts
To open a regular Savings account you must be over 18m and for Children's Savings account, Teenage Savings account there's no minimum age limit but when you turn 18 you will be asked to convert this into a Regular Savings account depending on the bank.
Bank of Ceylon - Ran Kekulu SMART Children’s Savings Account
People's Bank - Sisu Udana Children's Savings Account
National Savings Bank (NSB) - Hapan Children's Savings Account
Seylan Bank - Tikiri Children's Savings Account
Commercial Bank - Arunalu Children's Savings Account
Sampath Bank - Supiri / Pubudu Children's Savings Account
If you are under 18, you cannot open your own Children's account unless you area ccompanied by a Parent or Guardian
You must deposit an amount to your account when creating
An interest is given to you for your amount deposited by the bank and calculated monthly
Interest on a savings account is the amount of money a bank or financial institution pays a depositor for holding their money with the bank
You cannot withdraw any amount from your Children's Savings Account if you are under 18.
At the age of 18, you must convert your Children's Savings Account to a regular Savings Account
Do not over confuse yourself!. Simply remember that you get an amount from the bank for your contribution towards your bank account and it called Interest.
Where:
A = Total Accrued Amount (principal + interest)
P = Principal Amount
I = Interest Amount
r = Rate of Interest per year in decimal; r = R/100
R = Rate of Interest per year as a percent; R = r * 100
t = Time Period involved in months or years
Principal (P) = 5000
Rate (R) = 4.00% (0.004)
Time (t) = 1 Month (first month) = 1/12 (1 year is 12 months) = 0.0833 years
Equation: A = P(1 + rt)
Solving our equation: A = 5000(1 + (0.04 × 0.0833)) = Rs. 5016.67
Our Interest for the 1st Month (5000 x 0.004 x 0.0833) = Rs. 16.67
Starting balance on the 2nd Month = Rs. 5016.67
The sooner you start to save, the more you'll earn with compound interest.
For example, if you have a savings account, you'll earn interest on your initial savings and on the interest you've already earned. You get interest on your interest.
This is different to simple interest. Simple interest is paid only on the principal at the end of the period. The power of compounding helps you to save more money. The longer you save, the more interest you earn. So start as soon as you can and save regularly. You'll earn a lot more than if you try to catch up later.
A higher interest rate will be offered for your child than the rate offered for Regular Savings Accounts.
Account holders will receive special cash prizes if they score 1st, 2nd and 3rd highest aggregate marks in the school at Year 5 Scholarship Examination.
You can open an Arunalu Account on behalf of any child from an infant to 18 years of age.
Cash prizes of Rs 10,000/-, Rs 7,500/-and Rs 5,000/-will be awarded to the Arunalu Account Holders who have gained the 1st, 2nd and the 3rd highest marks in each school at the Year 5 Scholarship Examination.
Minimum balance of Rs. 5,000/- should be maintained in the Arunalu Account prior to the date of the Examination.
Minimum initial deposit – Rs 100/-.
All new Arunalu Accounts opened with an initial deposit of Rs 1,000/- or above will be provided with a Beato till free of charge.
To open an account please collect an Arunalu Children's Savings Account opening form, from your nearest Commercial Bank branch or download it from below, complete the form and hand it in with the original birth certificate of the child together with a photocopy. The original birth certificate will be returned to you. Remember to take your National Identity Card, driving license or valid passport that contains your National Identity Card number. This is important for us to identify you and ensure your account’s security.
Interest paid Monthly
4.00%
4.07%
Tha book you are given upon creating a children's account is called a "Passbook". It is the best practice to
Always keep your passbook somewhere safe
Make sure you ask for a passbook cover if the bank does not give you a cover with the passbook
Not show everyone your passbook
Back of the Front cover includes details about the Savings account and the basic details of you.
The back page of the front cover consists of;
Account Number : 7010200037635
Name of Minor : MAST A K Perera
Date of Birth of Minor: 10-03-2008
ID No Name of Parent/Guardian: 798564568V B L PERERA
Address: No. 123, MARADANA RD, COLOMBO 07
The passbook has a format to record all your transactions and interest details added to your account
In the detail column you see INT - Interest or method of deposit. It defines the purpose of your Credit or Debit. Credit means your account is credited (deposited) an amount. Debit means your accunt is debited (expense). Example: When you deposit money to your bank account, your account gets credited.
Via going to Bank with your passbook and by filling a deposit slip
Via the CDM (Cash Deposit Machine) machine at an ATM (Automated Teller Machine)
Online Transfer
You will need to know your Savings Account number defined in the back of your passbook front cover along with your Name with initials and the Bank name, Branch.
For the above records you will need to format it this way:
7010200037635
A K PERERA
Hatton National Bank
Borella Branch
(Messenger of Peace- Part 1)
Doing a good deed every day (It may be a small thing like saving 22 SRI LANKA SCOUT ASSOCIATION – SCOUT YOUTH PROGRAMME 2021 an insect from drowning) and writing one sentence in the Log Book about what the Scout has done
(Try to do at least 5 good deeds every week. This should continue throughout, even after the Scout had left the Scout Troop. It should become a life long habit).
Self assessment - Every night before you go to sleep, think of the Good Deed that you had done that day. If you had not done any good deed for that day, try to do two Good Deeds the next day.
Get into the habit of getting the blessings of your parents before leaving Home. This should be done according to your culture, religion etc. Whenever a parent is not available for this, please seek the advice of your Scout Master about what procedure to follow.
This list of good habits will serve you well whether you are a parent, student, entrepreneur or just a regular person. Learning these habits now will help everyone get ahead in life.
We need structure and routine in our lives. Our bodies expect it. They perform best when we operate on a regular schedule. We especially need to eat and sleep about the same time each day. This routine stays with a person their whole life and helps them to develop good work habits. Find a schedule that works for you and stick to it!
Our brains need the right food to perform at their peak. Don’t go to school or work on an empty stomach. Students need to train themselves early to eat a balanced and healthy diet. We tend to carry the habits we learn when we are young forward with us for most of our lives. Learning to eat right now can avoid many health issues down the road.
We need physical activity to stay healthy. The benefits of regular exercise are well documented. We need to find exercise routines that are fun and match our individual tastes. Developing a good exercise routine is a habit that will increase both the quantity and quality of your life.
It is so easy to get in the bad habit of envying what others have. The grass often seems greener on the other side of the fence. It is vitally important to learn gratitude. Practice thinking about the things you have to be thankful about. This helps us to train ourselves to be grateful.
Studying effectively is a skill. People that live life to the fullest are lifelong learners. They never stop trying new things. One needs to study and gather new knowledge in an effective and efficient manner. Learning how to study and acquire the knowledge to succeed doesn’t just occur naturally. It needs to be taught. Take a study skills course or ask others for tips on improving your study habits.
“Winners never quit and quitters never win.” A quote by Vince Lombardi and it is certainly true. It takes perseverance in life to enjoy any kind of success. “When the going gets tough, the tough get going.” Perseverance is a habit. It is one that can be developed just like any other.
Good money habits can never start too early. There are a lot of good resources out there to help.
It seems to be hip to be “green”, but being a good steward of our environment is really not that new. Wise parents have been teaching these principles to their children for ages. We only have this one world and we depend on it for our survival. Every person needs to do their part to protect what we have. Develop habits now that will help you to be a good environmental citizen for a lifetime!
Why do a job if you aren’t going to do it right? We need to develop the habit of giving every task our best effort. Excellence should be the standard we strive for in all we do.
“Do unto others…” is a guideline we should all follow. Think of the conflict and tragedy that could have been avoided if people simply applied the Golden Rule in all their relationships. If we make this a habit, then we will find a lot more success in life. Respecting people of all races and beliefs is a hallmark of living life to the fullest.
You really can dress for success! Habits like brushing your teeth twice a day and washing your hands regularly not only contribute to health, but also lead to routines that give one a sharper appearance. First impressions are powerful and are mostly derived from the way a person looks. Like it or not this is true. Start today to ensure you do what it takes to leave a lasting good impression.
The truth often comes out whether we want it to or not. Lying generally just complicates the situation and makes us look bad. It is much better to just develop the habit of telling the truth even when it is difficult. This will save you a lot of heartache and misery in life.
Develop the habit of asking for what you want. How else are you going to get it? It is really that simple. This is truly a behavior you want to come naturally. It will build confidence and self-esteem that will serve your kids forever!
Being a good reader is a skill that often separates the good students from those that struggle. Becoming a good reader takes practice. The more you read and are read to, the better you get. Reading has numerous benefits. It builds one’s vocabulary, expands the imagination, and rekindles creativity. Make reading a routine!
Arriving on time is important to one’s success. People always notice when you are late. It is an indicator of whether you mean what you say and can be trusted. Do not introduce doubt about this into people’s minds by showing up later than expected. Create the habit of being punctual now and you won’t have to worry.
Failure to respect those in authority positions can lead to all kinds of problems in life. It doesn’t matter whether it is your teacher, a police officer, or a Headmaster. People in authority have a job to do and often worked hard to get into the position they are in. They deserve to be treated with proper manners and reverence. Learning to say, “Yes ma’am” and “Yes sir” will get you noticed in a positive way.
We cannot ignore our spiritual needs and truly live a full and rewarding life. We must recognize that there is a higher power and pursue our faith regularly. We may not exercise our beliefs in exactly the same way, but it is advisable to encourage yourself to find what works for you and explore it to it’s depths. A solid spiritual life will serve you well.
Since its founding in 1908, Scouting has been a non-formal educational movement. The Scout Programme is the procedure through which our Movement implements its educational purpose.
Robert Baden-Powell (B-P) set out the elements of the programme in Scouting for Boys, first published in 1908, and updated as a single volume over the next 15 years. Reading it, we can find an explanation of What, How, and Why we are doing all that we are now doing in Scouting.
B-P’s intuition was exceptional over 110 years ago in that Scouting’s over educational model was conceived with the elements of what cognitive science says today is how humans best learn. Scouting’s educational approach is focused on the development of life skills - the character elements that recent research in Education, Psychology, and Economics have called ‘personality traits’, ‘executive functions’, or ‘non-cognitive skills’, which have been proven to be fundamental for learning and life success.
In the 21st Century, while the educational purpose of our Movement’s essential characteristics live on, the needs of young people and the methods of programme delivery have changed. There is a need for a general framework that unites Scouts around the globe, a framework that transcends different cultures and conditions, which will withstand the test of time. The World Scout Youth Programme Policy sets out the common elements of Scouting education that a National Scout Organisation (NSO) should implement according to its own circumstances, sharing the concept of Scouting as education for life with youth all over the world.
From: World Scout Youth Programme Policy. World Scout Bureau Inc. Feb 2015.
You can read the complete Youth Programme Policy here.
Know the Scout Promise and Scout Law and be able to recite them by memory and show that he/she uses it in day to day work
Know what to do when taking the Scout Promise
Understand that the Scout Promise is the basis of Scouting
Becoming a super hero is a fairly straight forward process:
"On my honour I promis to do my best" You will do as well as you are able, because it is very important to you. You will not always succeed with what you are doing, however you will always know whether you have given your best attempt!
"To do my duty to my religion and Country" Duties are those tasks which you have to do. You should try to do those thing you know need doing before someone else tells you to do them. Your duty is to your religion which you must respect and follow its teachings. A scout must also perform is duty to his country this includes obeying the laws of your country (and any other country which you visit).
"To help other people at all times;" Whenever you see someone in need of help, don't let them struggle, find out if there is anything you can do to help.
"and to obey the Scout Law." You will always do your utmost to obeys the rules of the Scout Law.
With thanks to: Scouts UK
A Scout is trustworthy
Always keep your promises, if you agree to do something, then make sure that you do it.
A Scout is loyal
As a Scout, you are dedicated to Scouting, your family, friends and your work.
A Scout is friendly and considerate
As a Scout you must always think about how what you do may affect others (including people that you do not know). This includes such things as not making noise which may disturb your neighbours and always disposing of your litter carefully.
A Scout is a brother to every other Scout
The Scout movement is like a large family, and as such you will find that you can share in Scout activities throughout the world.
A Scout is courageous
Scouts are polite to everyone regardless of age or position. They know good manners make it easier for people to get along together.
A Scout is kind to animals
Scouts understand there is strength in being gentle. They treat animals as they want to be treated. They do not hurt or kill harmless animals without reason.
A Scout is cooperative
Scouts follow the rules of their family, school, and troop. They obey the laws of their community and country. If they think these rules and laws are unfair, they try to have them changed in an orderly manner rather than disobey them.
A Scout is cheerful
Scouts look for the bright side of things. They cheerfully do tasks that come their way. They try to make others happy.
A Scout is thrifty
Scouts work to pay their way and to help others. They save for unforeseen needs. They protect and conserve natural resources. They carefully use time and property.
A Scout is clean in thought word and deed
Scouts keep their body and mind fit and clean. They go around with those who believe in living by these same ideals. They help keep their home and community clean.
Remember the short form of the Scout Laws, and repeat them when the attendance book is marked:
"Trusty, Loyal, Helpful,
Brotherly, Courageous, Kind,
Obedient, Smiling, Thrifty,
As pure as the Rustling Wind"
The National Flag of Sri Lanka represents the country and her heritage as a rallying device that integrates the minority races with the majority race.
The flag is an improvisation of the civil standard of the last king of Sri Lanka, Sri Wickrama Rajasingha.
The civil standard had a passant royal lion with a sword in it's right fore paw at the center, and a bo-leaf on each of the four corners on a plain border.
When Sri Lanka gained her independence from Great Britain on February 4, 1948, it was the lion flag of the last king of Sri Lanka that was hoisted.
The first Prime Minister of independent Sri Lanka, D.S.Senanayake, appointed a committee to advice the government on the design of a new national flag. The design approved by the committee in February 1950 retained the symbol of the lion with the sword and the bo-leaves from the civil standard of the last king of Sri Lanka, with the inclusion of two vertical stripes green and orange in colour.
The significance of each symbol of the national flag is as follows:
The lion in the flag represents the Sinhala race.
The sword of the lion represents the sovereignty of the country.
Curly hair on the lion's head indicates religious observance, wisdom and meditation.
The beard denotes purity of words.
The handle of the sword highlights the elements of water, fire, air and earth.
The nose indicates intelligence.
The two front paws purport to purity in handling wealth.
The vertical stripe of orange represents the minority Tamil race and the green vertical stripe the minority Muslim race.
The border round the flag, which is yellow in colour, represents other minor races.
The bo-leaves at the four corners of the flag represent Buddhism and it's influence on the nation. They also stand for the four virtues - Kindness, Friendliness, Happiness and Equanimity.
The maroon coloured portion of the flag manifests the other minor religions.
The national flag was hoisted for the first time on March 3, 1950.
The National Flag should be displayed-
on days of National importance, such as the National Dat and on such other days as are prescribed by the Government
at all State functions
When displayed Outdoors,
Whenever the National Flag is flown, it should occupy the position of honour and be distinctly placed.
On the occasion of a visit of a foreign Head of State/Government when his/her National Flag is displayed the Sri Lanka National Flag also should be displayed.
The National Flag should always be hoisted slowly and ceremoniously as for lowering.
The National Flag should be flown with the two vertical stripes next to the flag-pole. (Figure1)
The National Flag must be given pride of the place. No other flag should be placed over it. If there are flags of other nations they should be flown at same level and to the left of the National Flag of Sri Lanka, with all the flag masts being of equal height. Flags should be of approximately equal size but generally not larger than the National Flag. International usage forbids the display of the flag of one nation above that of another nation in time of peace. (Figure 2)
Religious flags should be displayed at the same level. (Figure 3)
The flag may be flown on buildings at night also but only on very special occasions. On all such occasions, the flag should always be floodlit while it remains hoisted.
When a number of flags of localities or pennants of societies, school and club flags, etc., are grouped and displayed from staffs with the National Flag, the National Flag should be at the centre and at the highest point in the group. (Figure 4)
When flags are flown from adjacent staffs, the National Flag should be hoisted first and lowered last.
When the National flag is displayed from a staff projecting from a windowsill, balcony or front of a building, the flag should be placed at the peak of the staff unless the flag is at half-mast. The staff should be at an angle 45 degrees and not horizontal. (Figure 5)
When the National Flag is displayed over the middle of a street it should be flown horizontally along its length with the lion upright. (Figure 6)
On days of national mourning the National Flag should be flown at half-mast The National Flag when flown at half-mist should be first hoisted to the peak for an instant then lowered to the half-mast position, but before lowering the National Flag for the day it should be raised again to the peak. Whenever the flag is required to be half masted it is to be lowered a third of the height of the mast as measured from the peak of the mast. The occasions on which the National Flag should be flown at half-mast will be decided by the Government. (Figure 7)
Display in Processions :
The National Flag should never be carried flat or horizontal but always aloft and free.
The National Flag when carried in procession with another flag should be on the marching right. If there is another line of other flags the National Flag should be in front of the centre of that line. (Figure 8)
The National Flag should not be dipped to any person or object. Regimental colours, flags of schools and organizations or institutional flags are dipped as a mark of honour but not the National Flag.
Ceremonial hoisting of the National Flag:
The National Flag should be attached to the halyard before hoisting and the flag should be folded and either placed on a high object(never on the ground) or held by hand.
The flag should be hoisted only from the pocket and not from the the fly. Hanging the National Flag on a string will therefore be inappropriate. When flying from the pocket the masts should be vetical or at an angle if projecting from a building on a staff towards a roadway or compound.
The chief guest at the function should hoist the National Flag smartly. During the ceremony all should stand attention, face the flag and refrain from smoking, drinking, eating, conversing, laughing or acting in a way that distracts from the solemnity of the occasion. Service personnel in uniform will salute as prescribed in respective service orders. (Figure 9)
During the ceremony the playing magul bera and blowing of the traditional conch shell should be encouraged whenever possible. No other music should be played. (Figure 1)
Immediately after the National Flag is hoisted the National Anthem should be played or sung by a choir and preferably by all those present.
During rendition of the National Anthem when the National Flag is displayed all persons present except those is uniform should stand attention facing the National Flag. Persons in uniform should render the appropriate salute. Men not in uniform wearing head-dress and not saluting should remove their head-dress.
Sport in Sri Lanka is a significant part of Sri Lankan culture. Volleyball is the national sport in Sri Lanka. Cricket is the most popular sport in Sri Lanka. Rugby union is also popular. Other popular sports are water sports, badminton, athletics, football, basketball and tennis. Sri Lanka’s schools and colleges regularly organize sports and athletics teams, competing on provincial and national levels.
The game of Volleyball was introduced to Sri Lanka (then Ceylon) in 1916 by Mr R.W. Camack the then Director of Physical Education at the Colombo Y.M.C.A. However there is evidence that Sri Lanka was playing a similar game long before this introduction. Mr Camack also demonstrated and instructed how to play the game initially to Teacher Trainees of the Teaching Training College and students of the school around Colombo.
The Water Lily is a beautiful flower which is usually violet-blue in color with reddish edges. The plant has been used since ancient times to enhance the beauty of ponds. Some varieties have white, purple, mauve, or fuchsia-colored flowers. Water Lily is native to southern and eastern parts of Asia.
The beautiful Nil Manel or blue water lily, was declared as the national flower of Sri Lanka in 1986. Again in 2016, the national flower was officially announced as the Water Lily, more commonly known as the Manel flower, and not limited to the Nil Manel. According to Buddhist legends, this flower was one of the 108 auspicious signs found on Prince Siddhartha’s footprint. It is said that when Lord Buddha died, lotus flowers blossomed everywhere that he had walked in his lifetime.
Scientific name : Mesua ferrea
Na Tree was decided as the National Tree of Sri Lanka on February 26, 1986, because this tree is most closely related to the Sri Lankan people socially and habitually for thousands of years. This tree has special value for the people of Sri Lanka. This is closely related to the Sri Lankan people in some centuries before who did not use it a little like an ancient Aryuveda medicinal plant, wooden buildings in ancient temples and bridges.
The flowers are among the parts of worship in religious rituals and adorn the national park with the beauty of trees and flowers. In Indonesia alone, especially in Java, the Na Tree, known as the Nagasari tree, has little benefit in both its wood and fruit and flowers. Some ethnic groups believe it is a repellent tree.
This tree which is a rare plant in Sri Lanka is one of the fortified species because of its connection with national identity and Sri Lanka’s strong commitment to preserving the environment.
The flowers are white, fragrant, and are used as herbal ingredients. While the wood is the hardest and longest so that it is not used little for temples, bridges and so on in the past.
The shape of the leaves varies, from thin to thick, measuring 1 × 5 cm to 5 × 18 cm, but often 3 × 10 cm. The leaves are narrow, elongated, oval, long and pointed round. Young leaves at the top are pink and turn green if they are old. The combination that creates the Na tree looks beautiful.
Buah Na is an oval capsule containing 1-3 seeds. The fruit and seeds of Na contain 76% oil and have a high value because they can be used as medicine.
Na trees can be up to 30 meters high and 70 cm in diameter. The inner skin is dark brown. The next coat is filamentous reddish brown and publishes clear color sap. The brown wood is pseudo-brown in pink. The hardwood is red, hardest, solid and thick — the smallest branch, round and hard to see.
The Sri Lankan Jungle fowl (Gallus lafeyetii) was first described in 1831 by Lesson and is a member of the family Gallus, the same family as the domestic chicken. The ancestor to all domestic chickens is the Red Jungle fowl (Gallus gallus). It has the distinct honor of being the national bird of Sri Lanka and is depicted in postage stamps etc. There are 4 species of Gallus so far recorded from Asia. The Red jungle fowl (Gallus gallus), the Grey jungle fowl (Gallus sonneratii), the green jungle fowl (Gallus varius) and the Sri Lankan jungle fowl (Gallus lafeyetii). The Sri Lanka Jungle fowl is endemic to Sri Lanka, and is not found anywhere else in the world.
As the norm for the genus Gallus, the males and females can be easily identified due to their different colours. Males are reddish orange to yellow in colour, sporting a red comb (crest) and a yellow patch in the centre. Their tail is metallic blue-black. The females are usually different shades of brown in colour with black markings and buff bands on top. They have reddish-brown and black wavy lines, streaked with brownish-buff below, and the rest being largely black-streaked.
The Jungle fowl is a terrestrial species, and is found always scratching the ground for food as with the domestic chicken. They are omnivorous by habit and feed on a myriad of food, ranging from worms, fruits, frogs, and other vertebrates and invertebrates.
The female lays 2 to 4 eggs on nests abandoned by other birds or even squirrels, or on nests built on the forest floor of Sri Lanka's hill country. Males play an active role in protecting the nests an in rearing chicks.
The call of the Jungle fowl is said to sound like the name John Joyce, which is repeated every few seconds. They are also known to flap their wings, this sound is made when a male announces his arrival or when there is a territorial dispute amongst males.
The national emblem of Sri Lanka is used by the State of Sri Lanka and the Sri Lankan government in connection with the administration and government of the country. The current emblem has been in use since 1972 and created under the ideas and guidance of Nissanka Wijeyeratne. At the time, he was Permanent Secretary to the Ministry of Cultural Affairs and Chairman of the National Emblem and Flag Design Committee. The designer of the emblem was Venerable Mapalagama Wipulasara Maha Thera, and the artwork was by S. M. Seneviratne.
The emblem features a gold lion passant, holding a sword in its right fore paw (the same lion from the flag of Sri Lanka) in the centre on a maroon background surrounded by golden petals of a Blue Lotus the national flower of the country. This is placed on top of a traditional grain vase that sprouts sheaves of rice grains that circle the border reflecting prosperity.
The crest is the Dharmachakra, symbolizing the country's foremost place for Buddhism and just rule. Traditional Sinhalese heraldic symbols for the sun and the moon form the supporters. Sun and Moon, and Lion depicting.
Know in brief, the history of the Scout Movement in Sri Lanka
In 1912, just five years after the formation of Scouting in England in 1907 by its founder Lord Baden Powell, Francis George Stevens, District Civil Engineer, planted the seed of Scouting in Sri Lanka (then Ceylon) by forming the first-ever Scout Troop at Christ Church College, Matale in the Central Province with a group of 8 boys. Francis George Stevens was born in Tavistock, Devon, England on 2nd of June, 1891.Parents were Mr and Mrs Lambert Stevens of Liverpool.
At a time when Sri Lanka was a colony of the British Empire, an English engineer by the name F.G. Stevens was posted at Christ Church, Matale, a town approximately 100km North East of Colombo. His residence being right next door to the Christ Church Missionary School, he faced many a problem as the students made full of his garden and everything there. After problems including missing fruits and the constant disturbance of his much needed rest, he decided to do something about putting the boy's "spare time" to better use. Thus he came up with the idea starting a "Boy Scout Corps," already a major success in England.
1912 - Scouting in Sri Lanka by F.G. Stevens (1st Chief Commissioner of Sri Lanka) at Christ Church College, Matale.
1914 - Scouting brought to Colombo by F.G. Stevens, at Christ Church, Galle Face, Colombo.
1914 - F.G. Stevans established the 1st Galle Mahinda Scout Group at Mahinda College, Galle
1915 – First Scout Census
1916 - Cub Scouting Started. Western Province Rally at Havelock Park, Colombo.
1917 - First all Ceylon Rally at Havelock Race Course, Colombo.
1917 - F. G. Stevans was awardedn the SIlver wolf on the eve of his departure to Egypt on War Service by Lord Baden-Powell
1918 - Sea Scouting started in Sri Lanka at Trincomalee
1919 - First competition for the King's flag and was won by Kandy Dharmaraja College.
1920 - Senior Scouting started. Ceylon represented for the 1st time at an International Jamboree. (The 1st Imperial Jamboree in Olympia, U.K.)
1921 - B.P.'s visit to Sri Lanka. An all Scout and Guide Rally was held at Galle Face Green to welcome him. Scouting started in Prisons.
1924 - First Wood Badge Course in Mutwal.
1925 - The First Wood Badge awarded to a Ceylon scout by Gilwell. Vernon Grenier becomes Chief Commissioner.
1930 - First Wood Badge Course in Sinhala. Scout HQ moves to an old guardroom at Galle Face, Colombo.
1932 - All Ceylon Scout Craft exhibition at Katugastota, Kandy. J.H. De Saram becomes Chief Commissioner.
1934 - Second visit of Lord B.P. First visit of Lady B.P.
1942 - K. Somasundaram becomes Chief Commissioner.
1945 - Scout Head Quarters moved to Baladaksha Mawatha (Opposite Army HQ Slave Island)
1948 - Col. C.P. Jayawardene becomes the Chief Commissioner. New Buildings of National Headquarters. Pedro Camp-site at Nuwera-Eliya opened. Job Week scheme started. First Rover Moot held in Kandy. Sinhala and Tamil edition of Scouting for Boys published.
1952 - Ceylon Jamboree (1st National Jamboree) at Kumbi Kale (near the present BMICH, Colombo) to celebrate 40 years in Scouting.
1953 - International Status awarded to Ceylon Scouting (Ceylon Scout Association)
1954 - E.W. Kannangara becomes Chief Commissioner.
1957 - Taking part in Jubilee Jamboree in England. Scout Council Act of Incorporation passed in Parliament (Recognized by the Parliament as an incorporated organization). Mr. Gerald Fernando joined the World Scout Bureau.
1958 - Second visit of Lady Olave Baden Powell.
1962 - Golden Jubilee Jamboree (2nd National Jamboree) at Race Course, Colombo.
1967 - Fitzroy H. Gunesekera becomes Chief Commissioner.
1968 - Third visit of Lady B.P. to Sri Lanka.
1972 - Diamond Jubilee at Bogambara, Gampola. C.M.P. Wanigatunga becomes Chief Commissioner.
1977 - H. Ratnasuriya becomes Chief Commissioner. National HQ shifted to Chithampalan Gardiner Mawatha.
1982 - Theodore Seneviratne becomes Chief Commissioner. Special Commemorative Stamp in honour of B.P. on 125th Birth Anniversary.
1983 - 3rd National Jamboree at Anuradhapura.
1984 - 2nd National Cubboree.
1987 - Rex Jayasinghe becomes Chief Commissioner.
1990 - 1st SAARC Jamboree at Vihara Maha Devi Park, Colombo. Chief Commissioner Rex Jayasinghe dies just before Jamboree. J. Lionel Silva becomes Chief Commissioner.
1992 - 4th National Jamboree in Kurunegala. M. Mazzahim Mohideen becomes Chief Commissioner.
1997 - K.H. Camillus Fernando becomes Chief Commissioner.
1998 - 5th National Jamboree, Pallekelle, Kandy.
2002 - 6th National Jamboree held in Balapitiya to celebrate 90 years in Sri Lankan Scouting. H.S. Weerakoon was appointed as Chief Commissioner.
2006 - 7th National Jamboree at Nuwara Eliya.
2007 - World Scout Centenary. Mr. C. Batuwangala was appointed as Chief Commissioner.
2010 - 8th National Jamboree at Angunukolapelessa, Hambantota.
2012 - Sri Lankan Scout Centenary Year (1912-2012). 29th Asia Pacific Regional and Sri Lankan Centenary Scout Jamboree held at Dambulla.Professor Nimal De Silva becomes the 18th Chief Commissioner
2014 – 8th Asia-Pacific Regional Scout Leaders Summit 2014 at Gold Sands Hotel, Negombo.Colombo Centenary International Scout Jamboree (CCISJ 2014) at Madampe.Formed ‘Singithi Scouts’ section for the kids of 5 ½ to 7 years of age.
2017 - Merrille Goonetilleke becomes the 19th Chief Commissioner. Janaprith Fernando was the first Sri Lankan elected to the World Scout Committee, the highest governing body of World Organization of the Scout Movement.
2020 - Major General Milinda Peiris assumed duties as the 20th Chief Scout Commissioner.
2021 - Janaprith Fernando becomes the 20th Chief Commissioner
There are a total of 37 Scout Districts in Sri Lanka.
Colombo
Kurunegala
Wattala-Jaela
Galle
Matara
Kandy
Chilaw
Gampaha
Anuradhapura
Negombo
Homagama
Matale
Kaluthara
Kegalle
Avissawella
Badulla
Batticaloa
Puttalam
Point Pedro
Nawalapitiya
Trincomalee
Wennapuuwa
Rathnapura
Polonnaruwa
Panadura
Vavuniya
Nuwara Eliya
Kilinochchi
Jaffna
Kankasanthurai
Monaragala
Mannar
Moratuwa-Piliyandala
Hambanthota
Mulativu
Ampara
Akkaraipaththu-Kalmunai
You can refer to know about the National Commissioners and to know about the council
As a young teen, taking care of your health is essential for your physical and emotional well-being. Here are some rules to follow:
Eat a Balanced Diet: Maintain a balanced and nutritious diet with plenty of fruits, vegetables, whole grains, lean proteins, and dairy. Limit sugary, processed, and high-fat foods.
Stay Hydrated: Drink plenty of water throughout the day to keep your body properly hydrated.
Get Enough Sleep: Aim for 8-10 hours of sleep each night to support your growth, cognitive function, and overall well-being.
Regular Physical Activity: Engage in at least 60 minutes of physical activity daily. It can include activities like sports, biking, dancing, or even walking.
Limit Screen Time: Minimize excessive screen time from devices like phones, computers, and TVs, as it can negatively impact your sleep and overall health.
Practice Good Hygiene: Maintain good personal hygiene by regularly washing your hands, taking showers, and brushing your teeth.
Protect Your Skin: Use sunscreen when outdoors to protect your skin from harmful UV rays.
Avoid Smoking and Substance Abuse: Stay away from smoking, alcohol, and drugs, as they can have serious negative effects on your health.
Manage Stress: Learn healthy ways to manage stress, such as through relaxation techniques, hobbies, or spending time with friends and family.
Regular Health Check-ups: Schedule regular check-ups with your healthcare provider to monitor your health and address any concerns.
Wear Safety Gear: Use appropriate safety gear when engaging in sports or physical activities to prevent injuries.
Be Mindful of Mental Health: Pay attention to your emotional well-being and seek help if you're struggling with stress, anxiety, or depression.
Be Sun Smart: Wear protective clothing and sunglasses when out in the sun for extended periods to shield yourself from harmful rays.
Build Healthy Relationships: Surround yourself with supportive and positive influences, and avoid toxic relationships that can harm your mental health.
Remember, these rules of health are meant to promote your overall well-being as a young teen and set the foundation for a healthy lifestyle as you grow into adulthood. It's important to make these practices a regular part of your daily life. If you have specific health concerns or questions, don't hesitate to talk to a trusted adult or healthcare professional for guidance and support.
Civic duty is an important part of Scouting. The Troop flag is a symbol of our Scout Group. The flag represents us as a team. Working with Scouts and showing respect to a flag, whether it’s saying the pledge, presenting a flag at a ceremony or parade, or learning to properly retire an old, tattered flag, is how we help Scouts develop pride in their country.
Flag ceremonies may be used for:
Opening or closing meetings
Opening or closing special events
Beginning or closing a day
Honoring a special occasion or special person
Retiring a worn flag
Flag ceremonies may take place in:
Meeting rooms
Outdoor settings
Large auditoriums
Onstage
Calling for Horse-shoe formation (Whistle call : All Scouts)
Flag Break (Other than the National Flag)
Scout Salute
National Anthem
Religious observances
Thought of the Day
Marking the Attendance
Notices, Programme lineup
Break off (for the rest of the activities)
Calling for Horse-shoe formation (Whistle call : All Scouts)
Notices, Points for the day, Awarding of badges
Flag Lowering while singing Evening Taps
Duty Hand-over
Dismiss (Patrol Order)
Day is done, gone the sun, From the seas, from the hills, from the sky; All is well, safely rest, God is nigh.
Actively take part, in two of the under mentioned activities
Hike (of about 500 meters organized by the Patrol)
Obstacle Course
Treasure Hunt
Nature ramble
Bird Watching
Exploring places of archeological value or any other such activity. Please make sure that log entries of these are entered in the personal Log Book
Outdoor activities are an integral part of the Scout experience, promoting teamwork, leadership, and a connection with nature. Here are some outdoor activities that Scouts can enjoy:
Camping: Organize camping trips to explore nature, learn outdoor skills, and build camaraderie among Scouts.
Hiking: Go on hiking adventures to discover local trails, national parks, or scenic areas while staying physically active.
Orienteering: Learn orienteering skills and participate in treasure hunts or map-based challenges.
Cooking Outdoors: Have fun cooking meals over a campfire or using portable stoves, teaching Scouts valuable cooking skills.
Canoeing/Kayaking: Plan water-based adventures on lakes or rivers for an exciting experience on the water.
Fishing: Introduce Scouts to fishing and teach them about responsible angling and aquatic ecosystems.
Outdoor Games: Play team-building games, capture the flag, or other fun outdoor activities.
Nature Walks: Take leisurely walks to observe wildlife, plants, and ecosystems, promoting environmental awareness.
Stargazing: Learn about constellations and the night sky during stargazing sessions.
Service Projects: Organize outdoor conservation projects like tree planting, trail maintenance, or beach clean-ups to give back to the community.
Geocaching: Combine technology with outdoor exploration through geocaching, using GPS to find hidden containers.
Fire Building: Teach Scouts how to build and safely manage campfires, a fundamental outdoor skill.
Outdoor Cooking Competitions: Host friendly cooking competitions where Scouts prepare creative dishes using campfire or portable stoves.
Survival Skills Training: Provide lessons on basic survival skills, such as building shelters and finding food and water in the wild.
Water Activities: Participate in water-based activities like swimming, rafting, or paddleboarding (if available and properly supervised).
Outdoor Scavenger Hunts: Organize scavenger hunts to explore the surroundings and enhance observational skills.
Nature Crafts: Create art and crafts using natural materials found in the outdoors.
Rock Climbing: For older Scouts, consider rock climbing or bouldering with proper safety equipment and supervision.
Remember to prioritize safety during outdoor activities, and always adhere to relevant regulations and guidelines. Each activity should also be adapted to the Scouts' age, skill level, and environmental conditions. Outdoor adventures not only create memorable experiences but also instill values of responsibility, self-sufficiency, and respect for nature in Scouts.
More Activities
Camping
Hiking
Orienteering
Cooking Outdoors
Canoeing/Kayaking
Fishing
Outdoor Games (e.g., Capture the Flag, Tug-of-War)
Nature Walks
Stargazing
Service Projects (e.g., Trail Maintenance, Tree Planting)
Geocaching
Fire Building
Outdoor Cooking Competitions
Survival Skills Training
Water Activities (e.g., Swimming, Rafting)
Outdoor Scavenger Hunts
Nature Crafts
Rock Climbing
Archery
Wildlife Watching
Birdwatching
Plant Identification
Environmental Cleanup
Campfire Stories and Songs
Outdoor Yoga or Meditation
Nighttime Nature Sounds Listening
Outdoor Photography
Outdoor Sketching or Painting
Nature Journaling
Outdoor Astronomy Observation
Tree Climbing
Star Navigation and Map Reading
Shelter Building
First Aid Training in Outdoor Settings
Outdoor Team-Building Games and Initiatives
Ropes Courses or High Ropes Challenges
Outdoor Movie Night
Outdoor Cooking Class
Scouting Olympics (various outdoor challenges)
Water Balloon Fight or Water Games
Sandcastle Building
Outdoor Concert or Musical Performance
Nighttime Flashlight Tag
Outdoor Science Experiments
Outdoor Theater or Skits
Outdoor Dance Party
Treetop Adventures (with proper safety equipment)
Outdoor Environmental Education Program
Outdoor Campfire Cooking (e.g., s'mores, campfire popcorn)
Visit National Parks or Nature Reserves for exploration.
The earliest age to join the Junior Scout Troop is 10 years 06 months. However, Scouting can be commenced at the age of 10 years 02 months provided that the Scout completes the requirements of the Pre-Membership Activity Programme.
Gold Star winners can be invested after 01 month of he/she joining the Junior Scout Troop when they complete the specified requirement of the syllabus.
Silver Star winners can be invested after 02 months of he/she joining the Junior Scout Troop when they complete the specified requirement of the syllabus.
Once you are done with a requirement, do not hesitate to get it signed by your Patrol Leader/Seniors or the Scout Master/Group Scout Master
Know the resons for giving First Aid
Know how to clean and dress a simple wound
The practice of first aid is often said to be one of 'common sense' and in many ways this is true, for example, if someone is bleeding then the first thing that you want to do is to stop it! No text book (or information sheet!) is a substitute for attending a first aid training course if you wish to progress further than the few simple procedures mentioned here. In Scouting we are involved in activities all the time, which can potentially result in accidents whether indoors or outdoors and so it is desirable that we all have a basic understanding of first aid.
First aid is the assistance given to a person who has suffered as a result of an accident or illness. The first person on the scene is not going to be a doctor or paramedic, and even if they are, they are unlikely to have the appropriate equipment in their back pocket. The first person on the scene is more likely to be you, and there are three reasons why you should offer assistance:
To preserve life;
To prevent the condition becoming worse;
To promote recovery
The Scout Association has a procedure to follow in the event of an accident. This ensures the best interests of-
The injured person
The next of kin of the injured person;
The person in charge of the activity;
The Scout Association as a whole.
The procedure is as follows:
Remain calm and do not put yourself in danger, thereby making the situation even worse.
Assess the situation; stop, look and listen and ascertain what has happened. Stop traffic, switch off electricity or take any other action which is appropriate to the situation.
Administer the necessary first aid to the best of your ability. Always remember to sit the patient down or lie them down (assuming that it is safe to move them), talk to them and reassure them. A calm, friendly voice can help someone a lot.
If you are worried about the condition, consult a doctor or hospital for medical advice.
At the earliest opportunity, get assistance if necessary and inform the next of kin of the casualty.
Keep a full written record of all relevant information (see Accident books overleaf).
Inform the District Commissioner by telephone as soon as possible and follow up with a letter giving full details.
Make no admission of liability to anyone.
Reassuring patients
Being able to talk to people is the first step in reassuring someone who is injured and possibly anxious, worried and confused. Practice talking in a quiet but confident way to someone. A simple reassuring hand on the shoulder can go a long way as does checking the hand to see if it is cold (and hence the patient may be cold as well). Whilst providing a bit of comfort it calms people down which will help you to get on with the job in hand.
Each patrol should have their own First – Aid Kit
Cotton wool
Adhesive plasters (small (assorted) packets)
Crepe bandages (7.5cm)
Sterile dressings (various sizes)
Triangular bandage B.P.
Adhesive tape (e.g. Micropore)
Thermometer
Cotton conforming bandages (e.g. 'Kling') 7.5cm
Small bowl
Tissues
Disposable plastic gloves
Dressing scissors
Safety pins
Tweezers
Notebook and pencil
Plastic bag and seal for disposal of soiled
Dressings
The most common injuries reported are cuts, abrasions, and punctures. Most are minor and require little more than basic first aid. However, some injuries can become more serious if not treated correctly. A few simple steps can take care of these annoying injuries and get you back to the action in a hurry and in good shape.
Cuts are by far the most common of these types of injuries and most often involve a woodworking tool—like a pocketknife.
Abrasions, such as scrapes and friction injuries, are also common. Falling and scraping a knee or hand while running or riding a bicycle are the most common causes.
Puncture wounds—those injuries where a sharp object pierces the skin and goes into the tissue—are slightly less common but do occur often at home, in the woods, or at camp. Stepping on a nail, getting a splinter, or being pierced by an awl during leathercraft are frequent occurrences.
Minor Wounds are treated involving simple techniques in basic First Aid.
Treatment for simple cuts and scratches
Clean wound with soap and water or sanitizing wipes if water is not available
Allow wound to dry
Apply triple-antibiotic ointment
Apply an adhesive bandage
The recovery position is used to maintain an open airway on an unconscious casualty when they are breathing. Follow these steps to place a patient in the Recovery Position.
Turn the casualty onto their side.
If injury allows, bend the upper leg and arm to stabilize or use a bystander to keep in this position.
Tilt the head back and hold in this position. The tongue will be held forward and away from the back of the throat – this keeps the airway open.
Check for any foreign bodies in their mouth.
Make a poster on prevention of drug abuse/ make a speech of 5 minutes on anti-Drug abuse/write an essay of about 200 words on anti-drug abuse/write a poem of about 4 verses on anti-drug abuse/ do a short sketch or drama on anti-drug abuse. Do one of them
Risk of drug use increases greatly during times of transition. For an adult, a divorce or loss of a job may increase the risk of drug use. For a teenager, risky times include moving, family divorce, or changing schools. When children advance from elementary through middle school, they face new and challenging social, family, and academic situations. Often during this period, children are exposed to substances such as cigarettes and alcohol for the first time. When they enter high school, teens may encounter greater availability of drugs, drug use by older teens, and social activities where drugs are used. When individuals leave high school and live more independently, either in college or as an employed adult, they may find themselves exposed to drug use while separated from the protective structure provided by family and school.
A certain amount of risk-taking is a normal part of adolescent development. The desire to try new things and become more independent is healthy, but it may also increase teens’ tendencies to experiment with drugs. The parts of the brain that control judgment and decision-making do not fully develop until people are in their early or mid-20s. This limits a teen’s ability to accurately assess the risks of drug experimentation and makes young people more vulnerable to peer pressure.
Because the brain is still developing, using drugs at this age has more potential to disrupt brain function in areas critical to motivation, memory, learning, judgment, and behavior control.
Avoidance is Addiction’s Best Friend
Common risk factors for teen drug abuse include:
A family history of substance abuse
A mental or behavioral health condition, such as depression, anxiety or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)
Impulsive or risk-taking behavior
A history of traumatic events, such as experiencing a car accident or being a victim of abuse
Low self-esteem or feelings of social rejection
Negative consequences of teen drug abuse might include:
Drug dependence. Teens who misuse drugs are at increased risk of serious drug use later in life.
Poor judgment. Teenage drug use is associated with poor judgment in social and personal interactions.
Sexual activity. Drug use is associated with high-risk sexual activity, unsafe sex and unplanned pregnancy.
Mental health disorders. Drug use can complicate or increase the risk of mental health disorders, such as depression and anxiety.
Impaired driving. Driving under the influence of any drug can impair a driver's motor skills, putting the driver, passengers and others on the road at risk.
Changes in school performance. Substance use can result in a decline in academic performance.
Drug use can result in drug addiction, serious impairment, illness and death. Health risks of commonly used drugs include the following:
Cocaine — Risk of heart attack, stroke and seizures
Ecstasy — Risk of liver failure and heart failure
Inhalants — Risk of damage to heart, lungs, liver and kidneys from long-term use
Marijuana — Risk of impairment in memory, learning, problem solving and concentration; risk of psychosis — such as schizophrenia, hallucination or paranoia — later in life associated with early and frequent use
Methamphetamine — Risk of psychotic behaviors from long-term use or high doses
Opioids — Risk of respiratory distress or death from overdose
Electronic cigarettes (vaping) — Exposure to harmful substances similar to exposure from cigarette smoking; risk of nicotine dependence
Steps if you have a friend or a relative seeking for drugs:
Talk to him or her. You can never intervene too early. Casual drug use can turn into excessive use or addiction and cause accidents, legal trouble and health problems.
Encourage honesty. Speak calmly and express that you are coming from a place of concern. Share specific details to back up your suspicion. Verify any claims he or she makes.
Focus on the behavior, not the person. Emphasize that drug use is dangerous but that doesn't mean your friend/relative is a bad person.
Get professional help. If you think your friend/relative is involved in significant drug use, contact a doctor, counselor or other health care provider for help.
You may have heard that good posture is essential for good health, but do you know why? Posture refers to how you position your body when you’re sitting, standing, or lying down. Your posture is the result of habits formed over the course of years.
Many people may recognize poor posture in others without realizing how their own falls short. If you look around at co-workers at the office, you’ll likely find them hunched over at their desks. Learn why good posture matters — and what you can do to improve yours.
Good posture is the proper alignment of your body when standing or sitting. Correct positioning involves training yourself to hold your body against gravity with the least strain and tension on supportive structures, such as your muscles and ligaments. Proper posture keeps your bones and joints in optimal alignment and decreases wear and tear on supportive structures.
The proper alignment of your spine allows you to move easily so that your body supports your weight without strain. Poor posture can place stress on your tendons, muscles, and ligaments, leading to neck and back pain.
If you suffer from neck and back pain, it may surprise you to know that improving your posture may go a long way in easing your symptoms.
Slouching puts your body in an unnatural position that can impact certain abdominal organs. Stooping or hunching over at your desk or slouching while looking at your mobile device can interfere with proper digestion, increasing the risk for acid reflux and constipation.
If you notice that you get heartburn when slouching, something as simple as sitting up straight may bring relief.
When you use good posture, your muscles and other structures function properly, helping you to avoid abnormal wear and tear. Improper posture places stress on your joints and can cause them to wear away. This is the most common cause of osteoarthritis, a form of “wear and tear” arthritis.
While other factors, such as age and genetics, can increase the risk of arthritis, the way you carry your body plays a role in how much stress you put on your joints. Keeping your body aligned in the proper posture can reduce muscle fatigue and strain and help keep your joints healthy and lubricated.
When you think about factors that can improve your mood, posture likely isn’t the first thing to come to mind. Look at it this way: Your brain and body have two-way communication, meaning that your mood can impact your posture and your posture can affect your mood. When you’re happy, you may notice that you sit upright, and when you’re feeling down, you’re more likely to slouch or sit in a slumped position.
The next time you notice your mood sinking, try changing your posture; stand up straight, and take deep breaths. You may notice a gentle boost in mood after doing so.
Stand up straight and tall
Keep your shoulders back
Pull your stomach in
Put your weight mostly on the balls of your feet
Keep your head level
Let your arms hang down naturally at your sides
Keep your feet about shoulder-width apart
Many spend a lot of their time sitting - either at work, at school, or at home. It is important to sit properly, and to take frequent breaks:
Switch sitting positions often
Take brief walks around your office or home
Gently stretch your muscles every so often to help relieve muscle tension
Don't cross your legs; keep your feet on the floor, with your ankles in front of your knees
Make sure that your feet touch the floor, or if that's not possible, use a footrest
Relax your shoulders; they should not be rounded or pulled backwards
Keep your elbows in close to your body. They should be bent between 90 and 120 degrees.
Make sure that your back is fully supported. Use a back pillow or other back support if your chair does not have a backrest that can support your lower back's curve.
Make sure that your thighs and hips are supported. You should have a well-padded seat, and your thighs and hips should be parallel to the floor.
Follow these tips to avoid compressing the spinal discs or straining your lower back when you are lifting:
Keep a wide base of support. Your feet should be shoulder-width apart, with one foot slightly ahead of the other (karate stance).
Squat down, bending at the hips and knees only. If needed, put one knee to the floor and your other knee in front of you, bent at a right angle (half kneeling).
Keep good posture. Look straight ahead, and keep your back straight, your chest out, and your shoulders back. This helps keep your upper back straight while having a slight arch in your lower back.
Slowly lift by straightening your hips and knees (not your back). Keep your back straight, and don't twist as you lift.
Hold the load as close to your body as possible, at the level of your belly button.
Use your feet to change direction, taking small steps.
Lead with your hips as you change direction. Keep your shoulders in line with your hips as you move.
Set down your load carefully, squatting with the knees and hips only.
Keep in mind:
Do not attempt to lift by bending forward. Bend your hips and knees to squat down to your load, keep it close to your body, and straighten your legs to lift.
Never lift a heavy object above shoulder level.
Avoid turning or twisting your body while lifting or holding a heavy object.
Stand up straight. Visualize being tall and straight, like a tree. Do not arch your back.
Do not lean forward or lean back. Leaning puts a strain on the back muscles as you walk, and you should avoid leaning except when on a hill. Unfortunately, some coaches have taught leaning for speedwalking, but it is not necessary, and often people lean too far forward or back.
Keep your eyes forward. Avoid looking down. Your focus should be about 20 feet ahead of you. This way you will be able to see your path and anything coming at you from the sides.
Keep your chin up (parallel to the ground). This reduces strain on your neck and back. A proper chin position will also allow you to look ahead rather than down at your feet.
Let your shoulders be back and relaxed. Shrug once and allow your shoulders to fall and relax, slightly back. Loosening up the shoulders in this way will help relieve tension and put them into a position to use good arm motion while walking. You can also do this at intervals during your walk to ensure you are keeping your shoulders relaxed.
Suck in your stomach. Your core muscles can help you maintain good posture and resist slouching and leaning. Keeping your stomach pulled in slightly (while still taking deep, full breaths) can help you maintain good walking posture.2
Tuck in your behind and rotate your hips forward slightly. This will keep you from arching your back. You shouldn't have your butt sticking out while you're walking.
Sleeping
A good sleeping position along with a good quality of sleep throughout the night relaxes the spine and muscles. Sleep is needed not just for relaxation but also for mental and physical recovery.
About 38% of people tend to sleep on their back, making it the second most common position to sleep in. It is also called a supine position. The spine stays elongated and in a natural healthy position while sleeping on the back.
Individuals with lumbar spinal pain and neck pain may find relief in this position with proper support. They may wake with less stiffness and alleviation of pain.
However, the supine position is contraindicated in people suffering from sleep apnoea. This position leads to airway collapse and tends to worsen the symptoms of obstructive sleep apnoea. It also exacerbates snoring.
While it is a much sought-after and natural position it is not advised for pregnant women and older adults. Sleeping on the back also worsens acidity.
Sleeping on the side is the most common sleep position among adults. About 54% of adults sleep in this position. Its popularity might be because of the inflexibility of the spine as we age. Side sleeping is considered healthy for several reasons because it keeps the spine aligned and relatively neutral. It is even more comfortable for people with lower back pain and neck pain if they support their knees with a blanket in between or a pillow. This helps provide support to the hips and pelvis.
Some individuals find sleeping on their backs uncomfortable and may find relief sleeping on their side. However, they should make sure that the thickness of their pillow is such that it helps keep their neck and spine at the same level.
This position helps individuals with obstructive sleep apnoea as the airways are not as collapsed as when sleeping on the back. People who tend to snore while sleeping may also find relief while sleeping on their side.
Sleeping on the side is also the best position for those suffering from acidity or GERD, especially on the left side. Turning to the left from the back position can instantly provide some relief. Side sleeping on the left is also recommended for pregnant women as the belly puts less pressure on the heart and eases blood flow.
However, the most preferable sleep position might not be the best for individuals suffering from shoulder pain. While sleeping on the side, it should be taken care that the spine is not bent and the fetal position should be avoided. The fetal position is considered to be an unhealthy position as the spine is curved and it may cause undue pain or strain on waking. The fetal position also makes breathing more difficult and puts pressure on the diaphragm.
There are certain accepted behaviors in all social situations that you need to learn. With few exceptions, putting them into practice can make a big difference in your social life.
Social rules:
Easy to have good manners – These basic rules of proper etiquette are mostly common sense with a healthy dose of the Golden Rule thrown in for good measure.
Be on time – No one likes to wait for others who are chronically late. However, there are times when being late is out of your control.
Personal space – When you see someone squirming as you step closer back off a bit. Every culture has different comfort levels of personal space, so before you travel, find out how close you can get to people without being rude.
Men’s manners – This one is simple: All you have to do is be a gentleman. Rudeness is never manly.
Women’s manners – You can be a lady and still show strength. Times have changed, and some rules have become outdated, but it's always appropriate to be mannerly.
Teens’ manners – Show everyone how grown up you are by demonstrating good manners. Chances are, if you exhibit proper etiquette, you'll earn respect and maybe even more privileges.
Children’s manners – Be the kid everyone wants to play with. Even grownups will want to be around you if you're polite.
Host and Hostess Gift - Never show up empty-handed when you're a guest in someone's home.
Dealing with a Flaky Friend - It's difficult to deal with someone who is always late, forgets to show up, or can't be relied on.
Regardless of who you are, you’ll have the need to communicate throughout life. Being a good communicator can do a variety of things for you, including sharing important information, winning people to your side, and raising your children.
Learning to communicate:
Conversation – Learn how to hold a decent conversation, with back-and-forth dialogue. Never monopolize a discussion, or you may find yourself stuck in a corner trying to figure out why others are walking a wide berth around you.
Gossip – Never gossip. Not only is it bad form, if word ever got back to the person you were talking about, you can pretty much be assured you’ll be the subject of the next gossip session.
People’s names – Everyone has one, and most people appreciate your effort to learn their names if you spend more than a minute or two talking with them. This applies to social and business contacts.
Cell phones – In a nutshell, use your cell phone sparingly in public. No one else wants to listen in on a private conversation or wait while you text someone the latest Internet joke. And whatever you do, ignore your phone while you're checking out at the cash register. Texting or chatting on the phone is rude to the cashier and the people behind you.
Email – Think before you hit “send.” Most electronic mail can never be taken back.
Social media – Facebook, Twitter, and other social media are part of most people’s lives. Remember that not only can your friends see what you post, others can repost, copy, share, or retweet anything you put out there.
Rude questions – We have all gotten them. There are ways to deal with them and not come across as snarky. If you're not sure how to answer a rude question, don't say anything. Just smile and change the subject.
How to Graciously Change the Subject - There are times certain things shouldn't be discussed, and it's up to you to shift the conversation.
If you share a meal with anyone, learn proper table manners. No one wants to sit across the table from a slob who talks with his mouth open or snorts milk through his nose.
Learn proper table manners:
Basic table manners – Follow the basics that apply to almost every dining situation. If having your elbows on the table makes it rock, take them off the table. Put your napkin in your lap, use the flatware starting with the one farthest from the plate, and don't talk with your mouth full.
Restaurant manners – Learn all about how to conduct yourself when dining out. Arrive before your scheduled reservation, be polite to your server, keep your voice at a conversational level, and be a generous tipper.
Formal dinner party – Know how to act at a formal dinner party, including which utensils to use for each course. If you're ever in doubt about which fork goes with each course, look to the host or hostess and follow them.
Have a basic knowledge of how a magnetic compass work, and be able to show the basic 16 directions shown in the compass.(i.e. North, NE, NNE…)
Be able to show the ability about the undermentioned: Key elements of the map, Conventional signs of a map
Understand how to use the Global Positioning System (GPS)
The Compass is a useful tool, especially when combined with the use of a map.
Magnetic compass, in navigation or surveying, an instrument for determining direction on the surface of Earth by means of a magnetic pointer that aligns itself with Earth’s magnetic field. The magnetic compass is the oldest and most familiar type of compass and is used in different forms in aircraft, ships, and land vehicles and by surveyors.
A compass works by detecting the Earth’s natural magnetic fields. The Earth has an iron core that is part liquid and part solid crystal due to gravitational pressure. It is believed that movement in the liquid outer core is what produces the Earth’s magnetic field. Like all magnetic fields the Earth’s magnetic field has two main poles, a north and south pole. These magnetic poles are slightly off from the Earth’s axis rotation which is used as the basis of the geographic poles, but they are close enough that the general directions with adjustments for the polar difference, called a declination, can be used for navigation.
There are mainly four points of the compass. All the other points are made by combining these four. Eg: Halfway between north and east is northeast. There are many ways to remember the order of the points. The points start at the top and go around clockwise.
Never Eat Shredded Wheat - NESW
The eight main bearings or directions are:
North: 0 Degrees
East: 90 Degrees
South: 180 Degrees
West: 270 Degrees
North East: 45 Degrees
South East: 135 Degrees
South West: 225 Degrees
North West: 315 Degrees
A map is a picture of a given area of what the ground looks like from directly above. When undertaking a journey, we need to be able to find our way around competently, sometimes in unfamiliar territory. It is then that we need to be able to use and read maps. The type of map required will depend upon the journey or destination.
A simple sketch map is maybe all that is required to find a room or building, or it may be a road map which helps you plan long distance routes across a whole country. There are also town maps and Ordnance Survey maps. All maps are drawn to a scale which means that a defined length on the map equates to a real length on the ground, for example one cm = one km.
Map symbols are the signs or diagrams shown on a map to indicate physical features. A list or 'key' of what these symbols mean is given at the same point on or in the map for identification. A number of the more common map symbols are shown below. These will be consistent on all modern O.S. maps but they might vary on other sorts of map, so it will be worth checking that on the map you are using that the symbol means what you think it does!
Participate in our mapping sessions for more information
Be able to do the 6 exercises given by B.P. to maintain a healthy body, and have made them as a part of your daily routine.
For the head : Rub the head and face, firmly over several times with the palms and fingers of both hands. Thumb the muscles of the neck and throat.
For the Chest : From upright position bend to the front, arms stretched downwards, with back of the hands together in front of the knees. Breathe out. Raise the hand gradually over the head and lean back as far as possible, drawing a deep breath through the nose as you do. Lower the arms gradually to the sides, breathing out the word “Thanks” through the mouth. Lastly, bend forward again, breathing out the last bit of breath in you, and saying the number of times you have done it in order to keep count.
Repeat The exercise 12 times
For the Stomach: Standing upright, send out both arms, fingers extended, straight to the front, then slowly swing round to the right from the hips without moving the feet, and point the right arms as far round behind you as you can, keeping both arms level with, or a little higher than, the shoulders. Then, after a pause, swing slowly round as far as you can to the left. Breathe in when pointing to the left. “Body twisting”.
Breathe out when pointing to the right. Repeat six times, change the breathing to the other side and repeat six times.
For the Trunk: This is also called the “Cone Exercise”. Standing at “Attention” position, raise both hands, as high as possible over the head, and link fingers. Lean backwards, and then sway the arms very slowly round in the direction of a cone, so that the hands make a wide circle above and around the body, the body turning from the hips, and leaning over one side. Then to the front, then to the other side, and then back.
After completing the circle, start in the opposite direction. Repeat six times both ways. Breathe in when leaning backward and breathe out when leaning forward.
For Lower Body and Back of Legs: Stand with feet slightly apart, touch your head with both hands and look up into the sky, leaning back as far as you can, and then bend forward and downward till your fingers touch your toes, without bending your knees.
For Legs, Feet and Toes: Stand in ‘Attention’ position, put the hands on the hips, stand on tip-toe, turn the knees outwards, and bend them slowly down to a squatting position, keeping the heels off the ground the whole time. Then gradually raise the body and come to the first position again.
Repeat this 12 times. Breathe in as body rises and breathe out as the body sinks.
Understand bad effects/impact of using chemical fertiliser pesticides, weedicides, etc.
Collect information about it and make a verbal report to the Scout Leader
Understand the basics of making a compost pit in school or at home
Plant a tree, maintain and protect it. Use the compost made by the Scout for this plant
A pesticide is any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling or mitigating any pest.
Weeds are unwanted plants growing among wanted crops and compete with crop plants for sunlight, nutrients, water etc. Weedicides are the chemicals which are sprayed over the fields to get rid of weeds.
Pesticides can cause short-term adverse health effects, called acute effects, as well as chronic adverse effects that can occur months or years after exposure. Examples of acute health effects include stinging eyes, rashes, blisters, blindness, nausea, dizziness, diarrhea and death. Examples of known chronic effects are cancers, birth defects, reproductive harm, neurological and developmental toxicity, immunotoxicity, and disruption of the endocrine system.
Some people are more vulnerable than others to pesticide impacts. For example, infants and young children are known to be more susceptible than adults to the toxic effects of pesticides. Farm workers and pesticide applicators are also more vulnerable because they receive greater exposures.
Immediate health effects from pesticide exposure includes irritation of the nose, throat, and skin causing burning, stinging and itching as well as rashes and blisters. Nausea, dizziness and diarrhea are also common. People with asthma may have very severe reactions to some pesticides, particularly pyrethrin/pyrethroid, organophosphate and carbamate pesticides.
In many cases, symptoms of pesticide poisoning mimic symptoms of colds or the flu. Since pesticide-related illnesses appear similar or identical to other illnesses, pesticide poisonings are often misdiagnosed and under-reported. Immediate symptoms may not be severe enough to prompt an individual to seek medical attention, or a doctor might not even think to ask about pesticide exposure. Still, seek medical attention immediately if you think you may have been poisoned by pesticides.
Chronic health effects include cancer and other tumors; brain and nervous system damage; birth defects; infertility and other reproductive problems; and damage to the liver, kidneys, lungs and other body organs. Chronic effects may not appear for weeks, months or even years after exposure, making it difficult to link health impacts to pesticides.
Pesticides have been implicated in human studies of leukemia, lymphoma and cancers of the brain, breasts, prostate, testis and ovaries. Reproductive harm from pesticides includes birth defects, still birth, spontaneous abortion, sterility and infertility.
Endocrine disruptors are chemicals that — often at extremely low doses — interfere with important bodily functions by mimicking or blocking hormones (the chemical messengers that circulate in blood and regulate many body processes including metabolism, brain development, the sleep cycle and stress response). Some pesticides act as endocrine disruptors and have been shown to cause serious harm to animals, including cancer, sterility and developmental problems. Similar impacts have been associated with human exposure to these chemicals.
Children are not simply “little adults.” Children are more vulnerable to pesticides exposure because their organs, nervous systems and immune systems are still developing; their higher rates of cell division and lower body weight also increase children’s susceptibility to pesticide exposure and risks. Their immature organs and other developing biological systems are particularly vulnerable to toxic contaminants. Exposure during certain early development periods can cause permanent damage.
In addition to being more vulnerable to pesticide toxicity, children’s behavior and physiology make them more likely to receive greater pesticide exposure than adults. Most pesticide exposure occurs through the skin and children have more skin surface for their size than adults. Children have a higher respiratory rate and so inhale airborne pesticides at a faster rate than adults. Children also consume proportionately more food and water — and pesticide residues — than adults. With their increased contact with floors, lawns and playgrounds, children’s behavior also increases their exposure to pesticides.
Weedicides effect the ecology of a place to a great extent in the following ways:
They generally have negative impacts on bird populations, although the impacts are highly variable.
Frog populations may be affected negatively by the use of weedicides as well.
Long term exposure of weedicides are responsible for various types of cancers.
Know the area within a radius of ½ K.M. from your home, and have a knowledge of important places within that area
If you have ever considered making a change and moving to a new city or state (or perhaps country even), you have probably, at some point, considered a variety of factors to determine where best to move. There are a lot of factors about where you live that can affect your quality of life and your happiness. Thus, moving to a new location is not a decision that should be made lightly.
It is the same when you are living, everyone should know the area around them. Below are some of the most important points why you should know the area around and why it is so important.
FRIENDSHIP & SUPPORT
Getting to know your neighbours is the first thing you should do, this widen the range of benefits including enhanced safety and community events. Whether you need to borrow a tool or need help with a household work, a good neighbour is always there to help. In both challenging and joyous times, these relationships remind you that you're surrounded by friendship and support.
EMERGENCY SERVICES
How far away are you from an emergency room or a fire department? It’s good to be aware of these things before an emergency actually strikes, and in some suburbs, the nearest hospital or police station can be surprisingly far away.
It is advisable to know about the emergency services near your house or in your area for your needs in case of an emergency. Saving down the contact numbers of your nearby Emergency Services is a vise choice. Eg: In case of a robbery you can contact emergency hotline 119 or the closest Police Station directly if you have the contact number saved.
RETAIL NECESSITIES
It is advisable to have a good knowledge on the retail stores in the area, and near your house.
What shop/shops got the best quality dry rations
What shop/shops got the freshest meat/vegetables
Who offers discounts
What shop/shops open early in the morning and available till late at night
RELEGIOUS ACTIVITIES
Religious places have different levels of significance for different people and they play a very important role in the society. On a very basic level it is a social network for people of similar spiritual beliefs or spiritual goals to get together and keep their motivation going. Some people, these places are to reflect upon themselves in a peaceful manner as, in general, religious places are filled with peace and positivity. It is most advisable that you visit your neighborhood religious place and keep in touch with them.
NEEDS
According your needs the places you need differ, but in general having an overall understanding about your area is useful and can come in handy.
Best reference is that you refer to Google Maps, please note that some places might not be in Google Maps but you add it it your map.
Measure the 1KM from your house (You can use the vehicle Odometer: Mileage reader to measure the distance very easily) and prepare your map accordingly to the scale of 1KM radius.
The Map should be drawn like this with the Map Legend. Center your house and draw a house to show your house.
What do you need to list down/add to your map
Your house : 🏠
Police Station, Post Office, Sub-Post Office
School
Hospital
Temple, Church, Kovil, Mosque
Playground, Park
Gas Station, Hotels (Main)
Famous/Important milestones, places
Cemetery
The above image is only for reference and should not be reproduced. Refrain from using Google Map Image as the reference Image. Use your own drawing skills to draw.
Show the ability to make a Trestle and a Portable flag mast, using staves.
You won't need to be told that a piece of rope will have two ends! However, in order to work with ropes, it is useful to be able to refer to different parts. The main parts of a rope are called:
Working end - The end of the rope you are using to tie a knot;
Standing end - The end of the rope opposite to that being used to tie the knot;
Standing part-Any part between the two ends. It can be a part of the rope already used in the knot;
Loop - A loop made by turning the rope back on itself and crossing the standing part;
Bight - A loop made by turning the rope back on itself without crossing the standing part.
Laid ropes - These are ropes normally consisting of three strands which run over each other from left to right. Traditionally they are made from natural fibres, but nowadays they tend to be made from synthetic materials
Braided ropes - These are ropes which consist of a strong core of synthetic fibres, covered by a plaited or braided sheath. (They are always made from synthetic materials.)
Natural ropes - These are relatively cheap and are made from such natural materials as hemp, sisal, manila and cotton which are easy and pleasant to knot. They have the disadvantage that they have a low point at which they can withstand stress before breaking, and other characteristics can be unpredictable because the natural materials with which they are made may have flaws.
Synthetic ropes - These are relatively expensive but last a long time. They are superior in that they are generally lighter, stronger, less prone to rot, water resistant and better able to withstand difficult and extreme environments
Wire ropes are available but are rarely used in Scouting.
Ropes are normally measured by their circumference. For example, a 75mm rope is approximately 25mm in diameter
Be able to help a younger scout contact his/her parents
Know the Emergency Ambulance number and the Emergency Police number
Know the safety concerns of day to day safe living: Some examples -
Climb a Wall or a Fence
Playing with Fire
Sharp Objects
Playing from heights
Safe behaviour with swimming pools, streams and rivers
How to protect ourselves from mosquitoes, snakes and stray dogs
Know the different areas of Safety (sexual, physical, psychological, emotional, Internet and telephone etc.) be able to give examples for each
Be able to explain to the Patrol the methods of reporting in case of abuse or harassment to himself / herself or to somebody else.
Know what to do if you get lost
At Camps
Follow the Buddy system (Buddy System : Accompany another Scout) at all times in the Camp grounds
Avoid camping at high uneven grounds, muddy grounds and near river banks unless it is guided by an experience Scout Master or a Camper
Follow the Camp Guidelines
Inform your Scout Master or Camp Warden when leaving the Campsite
Avoid getting yourself into unnecessary fights
Avoid river bathing and diving unless it is guided and the safety measures taken
At hikes and excursions / During Job Week
Follow the instructions at all times
Do not use forest routes unless it is instructed to do so
Never accept anyone's offer to help you with a shortcut unless he/she has a proven identification
Follow the Buddy system
Never do risky doings when at hikes and excursions
Do not climb trees without proper technique and safety measures
Use enclosed shoes, sandal pairs with a good grip and avoid using slippers
Always background check on the place/route you will be following
Never get inside of a stranger's vehicle unless you are with a group
Do not eat/drink anything offered to you openly(Toffees, Drinks in a glass), it is advisable for you to accept closed branded packets (Biscuit packets, Packed Buns etc)
At School
Follow School guidelines
Never go home with anybody other than your father/mother/or the person who takes you home usually. Not even if that person says that your father/mother has specifically asked you to go with him/her. You will go with that person, only if your father or mother has specifically told YOU to go with him/her.
Never be in school for long hours after school without a purpose
Do not climb over the School Walls
Obey the Staff
At Home/At a place of a friend or relative
Avoid doing electrical work or any kind of risky work (Changing a light bulb) without a parent supervising
Avoid handling knifes and sharp tools/objects when you are alone unless you are well experienced
Do not open the door for strangers if you are alone, if so ask them to come back when parents come back
Know how to put the following knots and hitch and know when they could be practically used:
Fisherman’s Knot
Man harness Knot
Timber Hitch
Tie Knot
Know the following lashings and know when they could be used practically.
Square Lashing
Diagonal Lashing
Sheer Lashing
Compact
Strong
Does not slip under strain
Working ends can be cut very close to the knot without risk of failure
Can be tied even with cold, wet hands
Can slip when tied in slippery lines such as nylon monofilament
Jams when tightened (However, this is advantageous for fishing purposes). Difficulty in untying makes it differ from the sheet bend.
Fishing
Knitting.
Scouting.
Net making.
Tying webbing.
Rock climbing and by arborists.
Backing up other less secure knots.
Making macramé jewelry, paracord bracelets and keychains.
In knot-tying ceremonies of weddings to symbolize how bonds grow stronger under strain.
It provides a secure loop in the middle of a piece of rope. Load can be safely applied: from the loop to either end of the rope; between the two ends with the loop hanging free; or to the loop with the load spread between the two ends.
The Alpine Butterfly Loop is more stable than either the The Bowline on a Bight which may roll over. Even after a heavy load, the Alpine Butterfly Loop remains reasonably easy to undo.
The Alpine Butterfly Loop is useful anytime a secure loop is required in the middle of a rope. A good example is when a line of hikers wish to hook on along the length of a shared rope.
If a length of rope is damaged, it is a wonderful way to isolate the damaged section so that the rope may still be used – far safer than The Sheep Shank.
The Timber Hitch is as much used for handling cargo “… for which it is very convenient, as it practically falls apart when pull ceases."
The Timber Hitch is useful when towing a spar or log either afloat or on land. When used for this purpose, the Timber Hitch is often placed near the center of the spar and a separate Half Hitch is dropped over the end of the spar to act as a guide.
Fact: Diagonal Lashing is started using Timber Hitch
Simplicity and speed – which is why so many parents teach their children to tie the Four-in-Hand Necktie knot. Also, when the short end is pulled out, the knot does not require untying, it just falls apart.
Square Lashing is the most common lashing in Scouting. The Square Lashing is used to bind two poles together. The lashing is designed to be load bearing and can be used to create scaffolding. Although the two poles usually cross each other at 90 degrees, the Square Lashing may be used when the angle between the two poles is as little as 45 degrees.
Frapping Turns: The turns surrounding the lashing at right angles exert a tightening effect on the lashing. These turns are known as Frapping Turns. Pulling them as tight as possible makes the Lashing more secure. Various techniques are recommended but I’m indebted to Dana Holgate for the following. Make use of your leg-strength. Wrap the rope around a stick. Stand on the poles being lashed with your knees bent, hold the stick across your thighs, and then straighten your legs to tighten the lashing.
The Diagonal Lashing is used to lash two spars together. Unlike the Square lashing which works for right angle crossings, the diagonal lashing secures poles crossing each other at a variety of angles.
Frapping Turns: The turns surrounding the Diagonal Lashing Knot at right angles exert a tightening effect on the lashing. These turns are known as Frapping Turns. Pulling them as tight as possible makes the Lashing more secure.
The Diagonal Lashing Knot is used to join two diagonal poles that are being used to brace a rectangular frame. The location of one diagonal in front and one behind explains the gap between the poles commonly found in the center.
The Shear Lashing Knot is used to lash the ends of two poles together. The other ends are separated to make a pair of Shear Legs.
Spelling: The Sheer Lashing Knot is widely spelled both “Shear” and “Sheer”. There seems to be little agreement and some writers use both on the same page.
Sheer legs support weight. A single pair can be controlled with a rope as they lean over a stream to lift a bucket. A series of them can support an aerial walkway.
Frapping Turns: The turns surrounding the lashing at right angles exert a tightening effect on the Shear Lashing Knot. These turns are known as Frapping Turns. Pulling them as tight as possible makes the Lashing more secure.
For General Smartness please refer this
Reference:
More types can be found
For more information about the effects of specific chemicals or pesticide products, see Pesticide Action Network’s . For a survey of scientific studies linking pesticides to specific diseases, see
Here is an on exposure of Pesticide in Sri Lanka
Fisherman’s knot, also known as English knot, consists of two each one tied around the standing part of the other one. Though it is mainly used as a bend to join two lines, it can be easily used to connect the ends of a single length of rope to form a loop. The beauty of the knot lies in its symmetry.
Be able to identify 15 useful trees (of economic value). Know where they naturally grow, their use, their general shapes, the shapes of the leaves, Botanical names etc. and record in your Log book.
This requirement is currently being updated by the Administration. Please refer to the ones we have updated in the sub section.
Coconut Tree
Banana Tree
"Amba" Mango Tree
Rubber Tree
Papaya Tree
Mahogani Tree
Teak Tree
Bamboo Tree
Jack Tree
Kithul "Palm Syrup" Tree
Sugar Cane
Cinnamon Tree
Anoda Tree
Cashew Tree
The island of Sri Lanka with only a land area of around 65500 sq. kM, is well endowed with the mother Nature's blessings, one can say. The whole island is one mass of land where the plant life is very rich and vibrant with all shades of Green colour leaves. There are around 3500 Flora species in Sri Lanka and about one quarter of that is endemic to Sri Lanka.
The vegetation types of the island mainly varies with the climate and the topography. The rainfall and the temperature are the most important factors of the climatic conditions.
There are four major zones of vegetation types in Sri Lanka.
The Arid Zone has a temperature between 32-36 degrees Celsius. The Rainfall is below 100 mm per year and the Altitude is less than 300 meters. The forest type is referred as Tropical Thorn Scrub.
The Dry Zone has a temperature between 28-32 degrees Celsius. The Rainfall is between 1000-1500 mm per year and the Altitude is less than 500 meters. The forest type is referred as Tropical Dry Mixed Evergreen.
The Intermediate Zone has a temperature between 24-28 degrees Celsius. The Rainfall is between 1250-2000 mm per year and the Altitude is between 500-1500 meters. The forest type is referred as Tropical Moist Evergreen.
The Wet Zone has a temperature between 16-28 degrees Celsius. The Rainfall is above 2000 mm per year and the Altitude range is divided in to three categories.
The vegetation type in the altitude range of between 300-1000 meters is called as Tropical Lowland Wet Evergreen forests.
The vegetation type in the altitude range of between 900-1500 meters is called as Tropical Sub Montane forests.
The vegetation type in the altitude range of above 1500 meters is called as Tropical Upper Montane forests.
Bananas are the most widely consumed fruits in the world and there are over 29 variaties of bananas in Sri Lanka. It is also an attractive fruit crop for farmers due to its high economic gains throughout the year. Currently, nearly 60,000 hectares of land are under banana cultivation in Sri Lanka, making it the fruit taking up most of the land under fruit cultivation. In addition to being a major staple food for farmers, banana is an important source of income, with excess production sold in local markets.Kurunegala, Ampara and Ratnapura districts together contribute 15 percent of the total banana production in Sri Lanka according to arvey cocted by Department of Census and Statistics.Banana has medicinal properties and is highly nutritious. Its leaves make aromatic eco-friendly plates and food wraps. Its trunk serves a decorative function, especially in ritualistic ceremonies. Its fibres make tough rope and delicate fabrics. And around the banana grove is wrapped a wealth of lore, not least about the origin of this ubiquitous plant.
The use of banana leaf in the kitchen is nothing new. Its usage is part of the tradition and culture of many countries. Although the leaves are super versatile, the advances in technology have created alternative materials (e.g. aluminium foil and parchment paper). Believe it or not, nowadays, the banana leaf is often put aside.Leaves are large, flexible, waterproof, and nonstick. Besides that, they are beautiful and always give a nice tropical touch.
Although they are not edible, the banana leaves have a very important role in the kitchen. It helps in almost every culinary processes: preparation, service, consumption and even as a packaging.It can be used as:
Wrapping for steaming or baking : The banana leaf can hold the liquids of the food, being the perfect package to cook whatever you want, such as vegetables, fish, and chicken. Although the leaf is not consumed, it has a high antioxidant content, these antioxidants are absorbed by the food along with the aroma of the leaf.
Non-stick layer for grilling : The banana leaf prevents the food to stick on the grill. In addition, the leaf has the wonderful advantage of being porous and to be an alive element, so it adds a nice sweet and smoke flavour, something that the aluminium foil can’t do.
Bowl and boat shapes for baking or grilling : A mixture of the uses mentioned above. In Thailand, we tried Khai-Pam, a grilled omelette on the banana leaf that is amazing. Another example would be the Hor Mok, a steamed fish custard on a banana leaf bowl.
Non-stick paper for baking cakes and bread : This is how Bibingka is made in the Philippines. Bibingka is a rice and coconut cake that is baked in a cake pan covered with banana leaves. How about baking a loaf of bread on the banana leaf?
Takeaway or to-go packaging : Have you ever dreamed to find a biodegradable and inexpensive takeaway package? Banana leaves can be the solution to that. In Sri Lanka many people sell food parcels in a triangular package made with banana leaf. Just open it and eat the food on the leaf itself.
Wrapper for food fermentation : For some foods, banana leaves are also a great element for aerobic fermentation,.It allows air exchange while protects the food and lets the fermentation to occur naturally.
A layer for covering plates : In Indonesia, it is very common for dishes to be served with a banana leaf mat on the plate. In this case, the banana leaf has two functions, besides being beautiful, does not let the plates get too dirty. It also contributes to consuming less water for the cleaning! By the way, some local and traditional restaurants called warung makan, use rattan baskets layered with a banana leaf to serve food instead of a regular plate.
They can also be the plate itself or even the tablecloth : In South India, there is a festive tradition called Sadhya where a whole feast is served on the banana leaf stretched on the floor. In this tradition, each portion such as rice, dhal, chutneys and curries have their own specific spot on the leaf.
To wrap the leftover food : If it is used to cook, serve, and pack… why not store? The banana leaf lasts a long time in the refrigerator and freezes very well.
Ambul bananas are famous for being slightly sour but beautifully sweet at the same time. They are petite and slender, sharp-ended, and easy to spot in a crowd. Their skin is relatively thin, covering pale yellow smooshy-soft deliciousness. Best of all, they give out that pungent aroma we all love. According to Sri Lankan tradition, the ambul banana is said to help food move through the digestive tract, and is also considered to be “cooling.” It is therefore not recommended for when you have a cold or a chesty cough.
Seeni bananas are similar to ambul in that they too are small in size. However, they are rounder in shape, and taste distinctly sweeter. The flesh of a seeni banana is sticky-sweet. Its skin is thin, rubbery, apple-green in colour when unripe, and buff-yellow when ripe. These bananas are nutrient-rich and, according to Sri Lankan tradition, recommended for the sick, the elderly, and the very young. It is also believed that these bananas are beneficial to those suffering from diabetes and other “sugar” related problems (although the medical and/or scientific accuracy of this belief is yet to be established).
While the kolikuttu group of bananas are the stout, plump, blunt-ended cousins of the banana varieties described above, kolikuttu and suwendel bananas are the most highly prized dessert banana varieties in Sri Lanka. Kolikuttus are the choice for offerings and religious festivals. They have a thinner skin, which splits during early ripening, and their creamy-white flesh gives out an appetizing aroma. While they are very much in demand, ripe kolikuttu bananas drop readily from their bunch, making it difficult to transport them. According to local beliefs, kolikuttu bananas are “heaty,” and are bring about constipation. Their counterparts, suwendel, are almost apple scented, and their skin is mustard-yellow in colour, when ripe.
The puwalu banana is a slightly less common dessert variety, which takes a curved shape, and whose skin is yellow-tinged brown in colour, when ripe. Its flesh is straw-yellow. Its very attractive counterpart, rath kehel, is famous for its red pigmented skin. The rath kehel is truly a banana of colour, as it’s skin is apple-green when unripe, and turns buff-yellow, and then red, developing brown-black markings, when ripe. Its flesh is sea-foam yellow, and hides within it its minute seeds. It is not terribly sweet, but is certainly softer and sweeter than some banana varieties. Some would, in fact, say it is slightly raspberry-esque in flavour. Interestingly, the red pigment implied in its name only occurs in its vegetative parts (such as its skin) and not in its flesh. Rath kehel is commonly cultivated in Kandy.
Anamalu is a local favourite and belongs to the Cavendish group. It is easily distinguished by its slender, long, curved, shape. Its skin, when ripe, is lemon-yellow, and relatively thick. Its flesh is soft, ivory coloured and sour-sweet on the tongue. It is well loved by athletes in Sri Lanka, for its ability to generate a quick burst of energy. It is also of particular use to those suffering from digestive problems. It is said that over-ripe anamalu can help stop diarrhea, while under-ripe anamalu can help ease constipation. Medicinal qualities aside, anamalu is simply one of those great varieties of bananas you have to love if you are Sri Lankan.
The Ambun is a dessert variety of excellent quality, again, belonging to the Cavendish group, and therefore rather large in size. It was introduced by the Department of Agriculture in 1927, from Serdang, Selangor, in Malaysia. It is curved (though slightly less curved than the anamalu) and its skin is relatively thick. Although its skin is light green when unripe, it turns buff-yellow at full ripeness. Its flesh is maize-yellow.
The nethrapalam however wins, in this group of bananas, for its tremendous stature. Each nethrapalam banana could be up to 12 inches long, and weigh between two to four pounds! While the nethrapalam is certainly less common, it is by far the easiest to recognise, and the hardest to consume on your own (in one sitting!).
Rath kehel, The unripe bananas are initially reddish brown-greenish. The skin is smooth and turns pink to reddish when ripe. This banana reaches up to 5cm in diameter and 15cm in length and is therefore larger than all known apple bananas. (“Banana Sini” and “Banana Ambul”) A banana can weigh up to 200g in weight. There are of course smaller fruits, but in general the red bananas are quite thick.
Ash Plantain "Alu Kehel", Used in cooking variety. They are small and slightly curved with dark green colour and thick skin. They called Ash plantain due to their colour, misty outside like ash on the skin. When they coked they are delicious with a creamy texture and is known for benefits for digestive health. I didn’t consume much of this because it requires frying and was difficult with my Whole-food plant-based, no oil lifestyle.
Kesel bode (banana pith) curry is highly recommended by indigenous medicine practitioners for its cooling effects. Alu kesel (ash plantain) pith, the core of the trunk, is the preferred choice, and usually available in private gardens soon after the fruit is harvested. As the tree then dies, it is felled and the pith, usually the section in the lower half of the trunk, from centre to ground level, is cooked into a delicious curry. Preparation: Pare the pith until it is about one to an inch and a half in diameter. Prepare a bowl of diluted coconut milk seasoned with salt and tumeric. Finely shred the pith, which discolours quickly when exposed. Add it to the milk. Add in the other ingredients, which should have been prepared in advance: dry mung fried and ground, small thin pieces of potato, unroasted curry powder, dill seeds, sliced green chillies, sliced shallots, sliced garlic, curry leaves, a stick of cinnamon. Mix and bring to a boil on medium heat. Then add thick coconut milk, increase heat and leave to simmer for a few minutes. Goes well with rice, thosai or rotti.(Recipe courtesy of Chitra Surasena)
Banana FlowerGrows at the end of a banana fruit cluster and has an intense purple colour with the shape of a tear. The cooked banana flower reminds of the taste of artichokes but cooking it with spices gives it its own identity due to heat and sharpness. It’s also common to find this in pickled form in Sri Lanka.
You could see the traiditonal oil lamp is made with gok kola, but most of the time Banana trunk is taken to support the structure. Banana trunk is the underlaying structure for most of the gok decorations
Long pieces are torn from the trunkDo you ever need rope or twine to stake plants or to tie something together but find that you don’t have any to use? If you grow bananas or plantain, then there’s an easy way to make some cord that won’t cost any money. You can use the stringy fibres from banana plants to make your own rope—rope that’s very strong and has many uses.
To get the fibres from the banana tree for making rope, it’s best to wait until after the fruit is harvested, then cut the stem into log-shaped pieces. The length of these log-shaped pieces should be the same length you want for your rope.
Now you have your lengths of banana stem cut into pieces like logs. The next step is to peel the leaf sections off the stem, one by one. Depending on the thickness of the tree, you may get up to 20 leaf sections from one log.
After you have separated all the leaf sections from the banana stems, spread them in the sun to dry. You should do this as soon as possible to prevent insects from getting into the leaf sections and damaging them. Leave the sections in the sun for about a day, or until you can see that they are well-dried. If the leaf sections get too dry and are brittle when you want to use them, you can simply wet them to soften them up.
You are now ready to split them into several narrower sections. The width of the narrow sections will depend upon how strong you want the rope or cord to be. You can use your fingers or a knife to tear off strips the size you want. They could be 3 or 4 cm (1 or 2 inches) wide, or wider or narrower. It really depends on how thick and strong you need the rope to be. You might be using these strips as they are, or you might twist or braid several of them together for greater strength.
Bananas are a time-tested source of good nutrition. While we have outlined a number of “traditionally held” benefits of banana-eating, specific to the particular varieties grown in Sri Lanka, A few such benefits, not limited to any particular variety of banana, are set out below for your enjoyment:
Being rich in potassium, bananas are nature’s very own energy bars. They also help protect against muscle cramps during workouts.
The potassium in bananas helps control blood pressure, and protects against strokes.
Bananas improve vision and prevent age-related muscular degeneration.
Bananas build better bones. They are a rich source of probiotics, which nourish the good bacteria that produce vitamins and digestive enzymes in the colon, causing an increased absorption of many minerals, including calcium, which strengthens bones.
Bananas are rich in antioxidants and this may reduce the incidence of cancer in the kidneys.
Bananas help ease symptoms related to stomach ulcers.
The fibre, potassium, vitamin C and B6 content in bananas all support heart health.
Bananas contain tryptophan, an amino acid that, studies suggest, plays a role in preserving memory and boosting mood.
Banana trunks and banana skins are used to make rich compost fertilizer and liquid fertilizer
On a lighter note, we also stumbled upon a wealth of great banana-related fun facts. Here is our pick of the best of them:
The inside of a banana skin can be used to calm an itchy mosquito bite.
The kochchikehel variety of bananas found in Sri Lanka is reputed to be an aphrodisiac.
The inside of a banana skin can be used to polish your shoes or your leather handbag.
Bananas are naturally radioactive due to their high potassium content.
Over 100 billion bananas are consumed annually in the world!
Polish shoes with Banana peel
King of the fruits,” mango fruit is one of the most popular, nutritionally rich fruits with unique flavor, fragrance, taste, and heath promoting qualities, making it numero-uno among new functional foods, often labeled as “super fruits.” Mango is one of the delicious seasonal fruits grown in the tropics. A mango is a stone fruit produced from numerous species of tropical tree. The energy value per 100 g (3.5 oz.) serving of the common mango is 250 kJ (60 kcal), and that of the apple mango is slightly higher (330 kJ (79 kcal) per 100 g). Fresh mango contains a variety of nutrients, but only vitamin C and folate are in significant amounts of the Daily Value as 44% and 11%, respectively. Mango trees require full sunlight to fruit well. It will grow in lesser light but not fruit well or may not fruit at all.
Mango, Mangifera indica, is an evergreen tree in the family Anacardiaceae grown for its edible fruit. The mango tree is erect and branching with a thick trunk and broad, rounded canopy. The leaves of the tree are are shiny and dark green. They are either elliptical or lanceolate with long petioles and a leathery texture. The tree produces dense clusters of flowers with cream-pink petals on branched panicles. The mango fruit is roughly oval in shape, with uneven sides. The fruit is a drupe, with an outer flesh surrounding a stone. The flesh is soft and bright yellow-orange in color. The skin of the fruit is yellow-green to red. Mango trees can grow to a height of 45 m (148 ft) and can live for in excess of 100 years.
Riped fruit is eaten as a fruit, to make jam, juices and ice cream
Unripe mango is used in making a food called “Achcharu”: In making the “Achcharu” the raw mango is cut in to pieces and chopped, and mixed with chili powder, sugar, salt and lime.
The roots and bark are uses for astringent, acrid, refrigerant, styptic, antisyphi.litic, vulnerary, antiemetic, anti-inflammatoxy and constipating medicine.
For Wood
For religious festivals the mango leaves are used
The ash of the burnt leaves are useful in burns and scalds
Source
There are over 20 varieties of mangoes in Sri Lanka
Karutha Colombun : This mango reigns high among our mangoes owing to the sweet, juicy, ripened taste it holds as well as its considerable size. It is the most popular mango cultivar in Jaffna and is also known as the Jaffna mango. Moreover we know its presence in the form of ice cream in our country and it is favored by many Lankan palettes.
Willard
Gira Amba
Mee Amba
Pol Amba (Bigger than tha usual amba)
Beti Amba (Smaller than the usual amba)
Alponsu Amba (Grafter Mangoes)
Observe 24 different items within one minute and be able to remember and write down at least 18 of them by memory within three minutes
This game was taken by B-P from Rudyard Kipling's book for boy's "Kim". This is the story of the orphan son of an Irish soldier in India who grew up among the native boys and was later trained for government intelligence work. The training began by showing Kim a tray of precious stones and gems for a minute's observation, then covering it, and asking Kim how many stones and what kind they were.
At first Kim could remember only a few, but soon, by practice, he was able not only to say exactly how many, but to describe the stones. Then he practiced with other articles, and ultimately was able to glance to see all sorts of details of items that were of value in tracing and dealing with criminals.
In its commonly used form, 24 articles of different kinds -- a key, a pocket knife, a computer disk, a coin, a marble, a comb etc. -- are placed on a table and covered with a cloth. The player steps up to the table, the cloth is removed for exactly one minute; the player looks, endeavoring to remember as many as possible, and the player writes down as many as they can remember.
As with Kim, the purpose of this requirement is to develop the faculty for observation and memory.
Coconut is also one of Sri Lanka's three major export crops, bringing home a total revenue of US$ 537.52 millions last year. Known for its great versatility, coconut tree is one of the most important trees in Sri Lanka, may the guidelines be economical or cultural. The locals call the coconut tree 'Kapruka', meaning the tree that provides all comforts.Forming the general vegetation that covers the grounds of Sri Lanka, it is hard to notice a sky patch not crowded by the towering majestic figures of coconut trees with a crown of leaves spreading towards the heavens.Sri Lankan lifestyle has been inextricably intertwined with the coconut tree, not just for the milk, water and oil giving nut, but to the leaves to the trunk to the fibrous husk that surrounds the coconut. There is no part of the coconut tree that goes to waste in a Sri Lankan household.
In ancient Sri Lanka, people used coconut milk and scraped coconut extensively in their daily preparation of main dishes, desserts, beverages and medicine. Even today, Sri Lankans hardly pass a few hours without consuming food or drink made with coconut milk. Water inside the young coconut is a favourite thirst quencher among the locals and coconut water has even found its way into modern cocktails and mock tails.Other products like coconut treacle, jaggery and vinegar made out of the sap of the cut coconut flower has been a large part of Sri Lankan lifestyle and is still in use largely in preparation of our favourite desserts, pickles and preserve.
While natural coconut vinegar is widely used as a low glycimic and low-sugar option to wine or cedar vinegar powdered coconut jaggery is being celebrated worldwide as coconut sugar.With a view to catering to the changing trends of the global cuisine, Sri Lankan coconut product manufacturers have developed a range of coconut milk based products including coconut milk powder, coconut milk cream and coconut butter that can be easily mixed into coconut milk to add texture, flavour and thickness to dishes.Coconut oil too has been a part of Sri Lankan life style since time immemorial; we fry and temper our food with it, light oil lamps with it and apply coconut oil on our hair for extra conditioning. Although coconut oil no longer provides us with the only source of illumination, coconut oil lamps are lit in thousands daily across Sri Lanka at Buddhist Temples and Hindu Kovils by devotees seeking enlightenment. Sri Lankan coconut oil manufacturers provide the markets with virgin coconut oil as well as RBD coconut oil to suit the requirements of local and global buyers.The fibre found in the coconut husk belongs to two coir fibre types, namely, bristle fibre (long Fibre) and omatt fibre (short fibre).
A unique traditional technique known as 'Ceylon drum system' is being used to extract bristle fibre, producing long pure fibre, mostly suited for the brush industry. Long pure fibre mainly belongs to two main categories; brown and white fibre, which contributes to 80% and 20% respectively of the world coir fibre demand.Other products made of coconut fibre such as coir twine, brooms & brushes, doormats, geotextiles, rubberized coir products including mattresses and horticulture products. The coco peat, a by-product of the local fibre production process has a great demand in the international market as a natural growing medium for various types of plants.Today, Sri Lanka is one of the largest coir exporters to the world and coir rope & twine manufacturing is a home based industry that is prevalent in the coastal cities of Sri Lanka.Not even the empty coconut shell is discarded at Sri Lankan homes. They too are made into simple spoons with a wooden handle for use at the kitchen or burnt at stove for cooking. Sri Lanka exports active carbon and active carbon solution made out of coconut shells, used for a wide range of uses in households, farms and industries.Weaved Coconut Leaves are used for roofingAlthough not as celebrated as other conventional hardwood found in SrI Lanka, coconut wood is rapidly catching up as a strong alternative to traditional hardwood varieties like teak and ebony. Used to produce kitchen utensils and used as rafters and roofing material, coconut wood is widely used in the production of furniture and ornaments today. Sri Lankan coconut wood and coconut shell suppliers export raw materials to several leading designer houses across USA and Europe.Coconut leaf too is widely used as animal feed and is woven into an eye catching pattern to be used for thatching and to prevent soil erosion. It is also used as firewood while the ekel in the middle of the leaf is used to make the brooms used to sweep the gardens clean.With many a benefit derived from many parts of the coconut tree, it is no wonder coconut tree and its flowers are considered a sign of prosperity in the South Asian region.
The coconut triangle which includes the districts of Kurunegala, Puttlam and Colombo produces 3000 million coconuts annually and out of this 200 million are exported while the balance is consumed locally. The coconut triangle covers 66 percent of the total acreage of the country.
The Flesh: Food, Milk, and Flour
The Water: A Healthy, Refreshing Drink
The Oil: For Cooking, Skin, and Hair:With medicinal, nutritional and topical uses and benefits, there are in excess of 100 reasons to have coconut oil in some form in the home. Here is a selection of them.Topical Uses of Coconut Oil
Natural skin softener and moisturizer.
Reduces fine lines, puffiness and dark circles under the eyes
Prevents skin infections.
Anti-Wrinkle.
Soothes Sunburn and treats blisters and burns.
Removes makeup.
Improves skin tone, elasticity, and age spots.
Heals itchy skin and stops burning from insect bites including snake bites.
Lessens varicose vein occurrences.
Removes head lice.
Conditions the hair, prevents split-ends and treats dry flaky scalp including dandruff.
Heals nail fungal conditions.
Medicinal Uses of Coconut Oil
Eases acid reflux and gives relief in gallbladder disease.
Stabilizes blood sugar levels and insulin production.
Kills viruses such as flu and infectious diseases.
Protects against cancers in the colon, breasts, and digestive tract.
Protects against intestinal disorders.
Reduces pain and inflammatory conditions such as arthritis.
Strengthens the liver.
Relieves symptoms of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome.
Protects against Alzheimer’s disease.
Improves calcium and magnesium absorption, promoting strong bones.
Helps stabilize female hormones and prevents hot flushes and vaginal dryness during menopause.
The Shells: To Steam Food and Craft With: the outer part of the coconut, these have been used for buffing floors, fuel, for charcoal, as handicrafts, as buttons, as drinking vessels, sponges, musical instruments, theatrical sound effects, burnt to ward off mosquitoes and when ground down, the husk is used in cosmetics as a skin exfoliant.
The Husks: A Natural Scrubber and Craft Material
The Husks: Ropes : this is the fiber on the outside of the husk and is used in ropes, doormats, potting compost, mattress stuffing, brushes, mats, rugs, joint sealer for boats (caulking), and sacks.
Tree Leaves: Thatching
The Sticks: Brooms
The Wood: Fires in Traditional Kitchens and roofing
The Flowers: Medicine
Coconut thatches are widely used because they are so copious and because they are naturally fitting for roofing. They are simple to process and easy to fix to a roof structure. Coconut thatches roofing lasts more than 4 years. They are outstanding for poor friendly homes. Some people tend to change to corrugated iron or other materials as soon as they can afford it and such material are not Eco-friendly. The Coconut thatches are used for roofing either in their natural form. Coconut thatches must be mature and dry before they are used for thatch. For thatching purposes coconut leaves are classified by the way that the leaf blades are attached to the stem.
"Gok kola" or early stage of the Coconut leafs are atken for decorating, especially in traditional weddings, religious ceremonies and other national ceremonies.
Soothes earaches when combined with and garlic.
Be able to march 100 meters correctly with the Patrol. Be able to do Squad drill such as marking time, and drills with the staff etc.
Basic knowledge on key input/output devices attached to the computer system
Knowledge about basic usage of a computer
Knowledge about basic storage methods of information
Computer is a data processing machine which needs user’s instructions to perform any job. After processing the raw facts (called data), it produces useful information for the user.
But how do you give data and instructions to the computer and how it can return the useful information to you. To do all these, different types of input and output devices can be connected with the computer.
The devices which are used to give data and instructions to the computer are called Input Devices. Various types of input devices can be used with the computer depending upon the type of data you want to enter in the computer,
Examples
Keyboard
Computer mouse
Graphic tablet
Touchscreen
Barcode reader
Image scanner
Microphone
Webcam
Game controller
Light pen
Scanner
Digital camera
It is the most commonly used input device. It is used to enter data and instructions directly into the computer. There are 104 buttons on the keyboard which are called keys.
The various types of computer keyboards typically used by computer users for different purposes are a qwerty keyboard, a gaming keyboard, a virtual keyboard and a multimedia keyboard. Based on the connectivity options used for a keyboard to connect with a computer, it is classified as a wired keyboard, a wireless keyboard, a Bluetooth keyboard and an USB keyboard.
Mouse is another input device which is commonly found connected with the computers. It is basically a pointing device which works on the principle of Point and Click. When the mouse is moved on the mouse pad, a light beam underneath reflect to give motion to the pointer on the screen.
The mouse is used in windows based programs, where the user can run the commands by pointing the objects with the help of pointer and clicking the buttons on the mouse. We also use mouse for drawing in paint and kid pix.
Most of the latest mouses, these days, include a wheel in the middle of two buttons that help us to scroll through documents more easily. we use our forefinger to move the wheel to scroll up or down in a document. Optical mouse uses red light to track the movement of mouse for moving the pointer on the computer screen. This type of mouse is more accurate and reliable than the traditional mouse.
Nowadays cordless mouse is very popular. it dose not have wires. it either uses Bluetooth technology to sends the data through the air to a receiver, usually plugged in USB port of the computer.
A scanner or optical scanner is a hardware input device that optically "reads" and image and converts it into a digital signal. For example, a scanner may be used to convert a printed picture, drawing, or document (hard copy) into a digital file which can be edited on a computer.
The devices which are used to display the results or information are called Output Devices. You can view the output on the monitor or you can print it on a paper using a printer. Monitor and the printer are the commonly used output devices.
Examples
Computer display
Printer
Projector
Speaker
This is the most common output device connected with the computer to display the processed information. It looks like a TV and is also know as VDU(Visual Display Unit). Pictures are displayed by using a large number of very small dots on screen called pixels. The number of pixels that a monitor can show on its screen is referred to as the resolution of the screen
The two commonly used monitor types are:
Cathode Ray Tube (CRT)Monitor
Liquid crystal Display (LCD)Monitor
Add to Your knowledge LCD uses very small amount of electricity as compound to CRT.
The output produced on the screen is called Soft Copy Output because it cannot be retained for a long time.
Nowadays LCD monitors are more popular as their sharp picture quality. They are light weighted and flat screen monitors.
This is an important output device of the computer system. It gives a printed output of the results that appears on the monitor screen. Printed output is also called Hard Copy output because unlike monitor, this output can be preserved even if the computer is switched off.
Printers are of different types. On the basis of their printing techniques, printers are grouped as follows:
Character printer
Line printer
Page printer
In computing, memory refers to the devices used to store information for use in a computer. The term primary memory is used for storage systems which function at high-speed (i.e. RAM), as a distinction from secondary memory, which provides program and data storage that is slow to access but offer higher memory capacity. If needed, primary memory can be stored in secondary memory, through a memory management technique called “virtual memory.” An archaic synonym for memory is store.
RAM stands for Random-Access Memory
Volatile memory is computer memory that requires power to maintain the stored information. Most modern semiconductor volatile memory is either Static RAM (see SRAM) or dynamic RAM (see DRAM). SRAM retains its contents as long as the power is connected and is easy to interface to but uses six transistors per bit. Dynamic RAM is more complicated to interface to and control and needs regular refresh cycles to prevent its contents being lost. However, DRAM uses only one transistor and a capacitor per bit, allowing it to reach much higher densities and, with more bits on a memory chip, be much cheaper per bit. SRAM is not worthwhile for desktop system memory, where DRAM dominates, but is used for their cache memories. SRAM is commonplace in small embedded systems, which might only need tens of kilobytes or less. Forthcoming volatile memory technologies that hope to replace or compete with SRAM and DRAM include Z-RAM, TTRAM, A-RAM and ETA RAM.
Non-volatile memory is computer memory that can retain the stored information even when not powered. Examples of non-volatile memory include read-only memory (see ROM), flash memory, most types of magnetic computer storage devices (e.g. hard disks, floppy discs and magnetic tape), optical discs, and early computer storage methods such as paper tape and punched cards. Forthcoming non-volatile memory technologies include FeRAM, CBRAM,PRAM, SONOS, RRAM, Racetrack memory, NRAM and Millipede.
Parallel ATA (PATA)
Serial ATA (SATA)
Small Computer System Interface (SCSI)
Solid State Drives (SSD)
Hard Drive Disks
Floppy Disks
Tapes
Compact Discs (CDs)
DVD and Blu-ray Discs
USB Flash Drives
Secure Digital Cards (SD Card)s
Solid-State Drives (SSDs)
Cloud Storage
Punch Cards
There are a number of ways that digital data can be lost. Here are six of the most common ways below. Generally speaking, the best way to protect data is to back it up in different places.
Accidental deletions: This is a very common problem and has happened to most people who deal with data. As well as deletion, reformatting a device can also result in the loss of stored information.
Power failures: Many electronic devices depend on electricity to function properly and maintain data. A loss of power can therefore be disruptive or destructive, especially in cases where the power loss is sudden. As well as power losses, power surges can also cause problems.
Spills, drops, and other physical accidents: Anything that causes physical damage to the storage device can corrupt data or prevent access to it. Even minor accidents, such as knocking over a cup of coffee, might be all it takes to cause the loss of large amounts of data.
Viruses and other forms of malware: Many modern forms of digital data storage are exposed to the internet. This means that the data risks being corrupted by malware, either directly, or via wider damage being caused to say, the operating system.
Theft: Whether through burglary, pickpocketing, mugging, or other forms of theft, you can lose the entire device and all the information that's on it.
Fires, floods, explosions, and other catastrophic events: These can all destroy vast amounts of data. This is one of the main reasons why data should never be backed up in the same building, but rather in a separate place.
Have two night camping experience (In tent) and write the camp log in your Personal log book. The camp should be held in a safe place, with the permission of the parents, Scout Master, Principal etc.
Logging about the camps you have been to is a vise choice and each Scout is advised to do so.
During the period of transition from coffee to tea, experiments in a new product, rubber, were being carried out. These experiments proved that various types of rubber yielding trees would flourish in Sri Lanka. However, the industry can be said to have had its birth in 1876 when 1,919 plants of Hevea Braziliensis – the native rubber tree of the Amazon Valley – were received in good condition at the Heneratgoda Botanical Gardens from Kew. It is from these mother trees that the gigantic rubber plantation industry in the Eastern hemisphere sprang. Of the trees planted at the Heneratgoda Botanical Gardens in 1876, the first one flowered in 1881, on which the first experiments in tapping were commenced.
The rubber plantation was thinned out in 1882 and from the 260 seedlings raised the following year and distributed in Sri Lanka, the first spread of commercial rubber planting began. The trees at Heneratgoda were thinned out periodically and by 1887 there were 457 good trees standing which provided the seed for further plantings. In 1890 the Forest Department opened a plantation at Edangoda and by 1893 some 90,000 seeds were distributed for planting and similar numbers were sold in succeeding years.
Currently, about 300,000 acres of rubber is under cultivation with an approximate production of 129 Million Kilograms per year. Sri Lankan rubber plantations produce high-quality natural latex processed products, primarily constituting of Sheet Rubber, Crepe Rubber, and TSR (Technically Specified Rubber).
Sheet Rubber
Sheet rubber is one of the oldest but still most popular types. There are two main types of sheet rubber – Ribbed Smoked Sheets (RSS) and Air Dried Sheets (ADS). The ribbed smoked sheet is more sought after and available for volume consumption. Ribbed Smoked Sheets consists of coagulated rubber sheets, dried using smoke. RSS sheets are graded according to its color, consistency, and observed impurities.
Crepe Rubber
Crepe rubber is made using a process of coagulation that creates a crinkled rubber texture. The process involves combing coagulated latex with some natural form of coagulum. Thereafter further processed through large rollers. Crepe rubber is most often used for the manufacture of shoe soles and rubber boots and gloves. Depending on the thickness, density, degree of contamination, crepe rubber can be classified in many grades.
TSR (Technically Specified Rubber)
TSR is a newer form of grading rubber that has become popular in the past 30 years. This process grades rubber using technical specifications instead of visual methods.
Sri Lankan rubber tree plantations are the result of colonization. When blight hit the coffee plantations in the 1870s, people tried new things to see if they would work.
Finally, the colonial office selected Ceylon (Sri Lanka) to cultivate rubber because of its geographical features and climate. The seedlings were planted at the botanical garden in Gampaha under the guidance of George Thwaites.
The first rubber tree in Ceylon flowered in the year 1881. After that, people started experimenting with tapping the trees to get rubber. In the year 1893, around 90,000 rubber seeds were supplied to planters throughout Ceylon. And by 1923, approximately 180,085 hectares of rubber were cultivated.
This is how rubber cultivation began in Sri Lanka. And over time, it became one of the country's most important agricultural products.
During colonization, Sir Joseph Hooker recommended Sri Lanka to carry out experiments based on rubber tree cultivation. Accordingly, he sent 38 cases full of 1919 rubber seedlings from Kew Gardens to Ceylon. Thus, it can be said that it was Joseph Hooker who introduced rubber plantations in Sri Lanka.
In Sri Lanka, people grow rubber in tropical lowlands in the wet zone below 1400 ft altitude. Here, the size of a rubber holding can vary a lot. According to how much land is used, there are two types of rubber cultivation. Land areas that are below 8 hectares are considered smallholders. On the other hand, plantations that are 8 hectares or more are considered estates.
Sri Lanka's rubber plantations are mostly concentrated in the wet zone, with a total land area of 127,500 hectares. The main rubber growing districts in Sri Lanka include:
Kegalle
Gampaha
Rathnapura
Kalutara
Colombo
Galle
Matara
Kandy
Matale
Kurunegala
In addition, there are 19 regional plantation companies that manage around 47,000 hectares of rubber land. So, out of the total 115,300 hectares, about 25,700 hectares are immature, and the balance 89,600 hectares are mature.
Sri Lanka was once the 4th largest rubber producer in the world. But over time, the rubber industry slowly disappeared. Now, Sri Lanka is the 13th largest producer of natural rubber in the world.
The country is not just a producer of raw rubber but also produces a variety of value-added products using natural rubber. This includes:
Latex mattress
Latex mattress toppers
Latex pillows
Latex gloves
Rubber bands
Solid tires
Footwear
Sri Lankan rubber is world-renowned for its premium quality and durability. The country exports rubber, both in raw and value-added forms. However, the amount of rubber exported each year is only around 8000 metric tons - which doesn't seem like a lot when you consider that rubber tree plantations cover more than 20% of the island!
Sri Lankan rubber and rubber-based products are mainly sold in the USA, Germany, Belgium, and the UK. Sri Lanka also exports semi-processed rubber to countries like Pakistan, Japan, and Germany.
Rubber Gloves: Various types of rubber gloves, including medical, household, and industrial gloves, are produced in Sri Lanka.
Rubber Mats: Rubber mats used for flooring, doormats, and anti-slip surfaces are common products in Sri Lanka.
Rubber Seals and Gaskets: Rubber seals and gaskets are widely used in industries such as automotive, construction, and manufacturing.
Rubber Hoses: Sri Lanka manufactures rubber hoses used in various applications, such as automotive fuel lines and industrial fluid transfer.
Rubber Footwear: Sri Lanka produces a range of rubber footwear, including flip-flops, sandals, and rain boots.
Rubber Belts: Rubber belts are used in conveyor systems and power transmission applications.
Rubber Profiles: Extruded rubber profiles are used in applications like weatherstripping, edge protection, and sealing.
Rubber Wheels and Tyres: Sri Lanka is known for producing rubber wheels and tyres used in bicycles, motorcycles, and various vehicles.
Rubber Sports Equipment: Rubber products like rubber balls and other sports equipment are also manufactured in Sri Lanka.
Rubber Toys: Sri Lanka produces rubber toys for children, including rubber ducks and other bath toys.
Rubber Floorings: Rubber floorings used in gyms, playgrounds, and other commercial or industrial settings are also made in Sri Lanka.
Rubber Bushings: Rubber bushings are used in automotive and industrial applications to dampen vibrations and provide flexibility.
These are just a few examples of the diverse range of rubber products manufactured in Sri Lanka. The country's strong rubber industry and skilled workforce contribute to the production of high-quality rubber goods that are exported globally.
(Messenger of Peace Badge part-2)
Get involved in a small scale Community Service project with others. This could be in the school or in any other place. It should last at least one hour, and write at least 5 sentences about it in your log book. If possible, you may paste a photograph of that activity in the log book, or draw a picture of it.
Scouts do some amazing things, from simple community actions to large-scale projects such as preventing bullying in schools in the UK, helping street gangs in El Salvador to reduce violence, cleaning up a playground in Texas, and planting millions of trees all over Africa. Throughout its history, Scouting has inspired its millions of members to make a difference – applying their leadership to creating a better world. MoP is a World Scouting Initiative, which encourages Scouts to do community service and tell the story of their experience in order to inspire others to action. The Initiative has three components:
The Messengers of Peace Support Fund
The Messengers of Peace Educational Programme
The Messengers of Peace Network
These elements are connected: Today's technology enables us to exchange, and share inspiration through our Scouts Global Messengers of Peace Netowrk, for project ideas and ways to take action. The educational programme provides guidance on how to implement project ideas, and the Support Fund gives the necessary means for the National Scout Organisation’s projects.
Community service is work done by a person or group of people that benefits others. It is often done near the area where you live, so your own community reaps the benefits of your work. You do not get paid to perform community service, but volunteer your time.
Community service can help many different groups of people: children, senior citizens, people with disabilities, even animals and the environment. Community service is often organized through a local group, such as a place of worship, school, or non-profit organization, but you can also start your own community service projects.
Many people participate in community service because they enjoy helping others and improving their community. Some students are required to do community service in order to graduate high school or to receive certain honors. Some adults are also ordered by a judge to complete a certain number of community service hours.
There are numerous benefits to participating in community service, both for yourself and others. Below are some of the most important benefits of volunteering:
Gives you a way to help others
Helps improve your community
Can help strengthen your resume and college applications
Can be a way to meet new friends
Often results in personal growth
Gives you a way to gain work experience and learn more about certain jobs
This list of over one hundred community service examples is organized by category, so if you're particularly interested in working with, say, children or animals, you can easily find community service activities more related to your interests.
In order to use this list most effectively, read through it and make note of any community service ideas that match your interests and that you may want to participate in. Some considerations to keep in mind are:
Who would you like to help?
Is there a specific group of people or cause you are passionate about? Look for projects that relate to your passion and interests. You may also just want to perform particular community service activities that allow you to do hobbies you enjoy, like baking or acting, and that's fine too.
Do you want a community service activity that is reoccurring or a one-time event?
Perhaps you don't have enough time to regularly devote to community service. In that case, it may be better to look for opportunities that only occur once or sporadically, such as planning special events or helping build a house.
What kind of impact do you want to have?
Some people prefer to participate in community service activities that have a quantifiable impact, for example, activities where you know the specific number of kids you tutored, dollars you raised, or cans of food you collected. This is in contrast to activities that don't have such clear numbers, such as creating a garden or serving as a volunteer lifeguard. Some people prefer quantifiable activities because they feel they look stronger on college applications, or because they simply enjoy knowing their exact impact on the community.
What skills would you like to gain?
Many community service activities can help you gain skills. These skills can range from teaching to medicine to construction and more. If there is a particular skill you'd like to learn for future classes, jobs, or just out of personal interest, you may want to see if there is a community service activity that helps you learn that skill.
Donate or raise money for your local Red Cross
For your next birthday, ask for charitable donations instead of gifts
Hold a bake sale for your favorite charity
Read books or letters to a person who is visually impaired
Participate in a charity race
Volunteer to help at a charity auction
Contact a tree farm about donating Christmas trees to nursing homes, hospitals, or to families who can't afford to buy their own
Organize a car wash and donate the profits to charity
Help deliver meals and gifts to patients at a local hospital
Tutor children during or after school
Donate stuffed animals to children in hospitals
Organize games and activities for children in hospitals or who are visiting hospitalized relatives
Not more than 4 Scouts should take part in this at a time. Scout Master should organize this hike and written instructions should be given to the participants. The instructions should include things to be done in the hike
The Scouts should take a back pack to carry, food, first aid etc.
There will be no night out camping in this hike
Prior permission of the parents and the school authorities to be obtained.
After the hike the participants should give separate verbal reports to the Scout Master about what happened during the hike. This should be the last test for the Scout Master’s Award.
Hike route must be drawn in standard format and the scale must be 1:25,000. May use A3 paper to submit the final map
Logging your hikes and the instructions is a must.
To give an accurate record of the route of the hike, so that anyone else reading it should be able to follow the same route without trouble.
To give a good report of the countryside through which the hike went, including the landscape, plant and animal life, human activity and anything of special interest, such as historical sites. This report should contain useful advice for future hikers and campers in that area.
To give an interesting report of the events of that particular hike, for the information and enjoyment of all who read it, and in particular for the Scout who went on the hike to keep as a souvenir.
A collection of the logs of the hikes that you have been on makes a good record of your Scouting, which you will be glad to have later on.
Remember your good manners at all times in your dealings with the public. You should dress in such a way that you can be easily identified as Scouts. This will count in your favour because people are well-disposed towards Scouts. Don’t do anything to spoil that reputation!
Write letters of thanks to anyone who has been particularly helpful to you on your hike – this will be greatly appreciated and will mean that Scouts will be welcome there again.
You will need something in which to carry your logbook equipment while you are hiking, because you need the equipment constantly, and therefore cannot shut it up in your rucksack – and it is very inconvenient to try to carry things in your hands while walking.
You can make a cloth bag that can be slung around your neck, or an extra outside pocket on your jacket or one leg of your trousers.
You could also make a ‘field desk’ to give yourself something to press on when making notes or sketches. Use a piece of hardboard slightly larger than your notebook. Hold your papers on the board by means of rubber bands or bulldog clip, and fix a box on the board to hold pencils, paperclips and other small objects.
You should only make rough notes on the hike, so you can use any book or paper that you like. It is not a good idea to take your actual logbook on the hike with you, because it is clumsy and can get dirty and spoiled.
The final logbook should be of the kind that has a blank page opposite each lined page. The A4 size is best, as space on it is not so cramped. A ring clip folder with loose pages is also effective, as this enables you to make corrections and insertions easily, and it can also take bulky specimens, which a book cannot do. Keep the logs of all your hikes in the same book (or series of books) so that you can have a complete record of your Scouting hikes. A hard-covered book or file is therefore a good investment because it is durable. Sometimes you may have specimens that will not fit into a book. These can be presented separately, mounted on a sheet of cardboard or in some other convenient way.
Prepare to log your route in the following format:
Columns for Time, Distance
Route description, weather reports, observation notes and personal narrative
Rough Sketches on the important places you pass
Signatures from the junctions from an authorized personnel (Eg: Police Officer)
You need a kind of shorthand to keep notes while you are hiking. A strip map is one useful method. For each leg of the hike, draw a straight line, indicate your bearing, and mark features and distances along it, like this: At more complicated places such as crossroads or junctions, draw a rough sketch map with the North marked
If the Instructions provide you to sketch a building, you may need your Sketching skills to sketch fast.
Since Baden-Powell first introduced the concept in “Scouting for Boys”, Scout Troops have always used specific formations to bring order and discipline to Troop Meetings. Most commonly, a Troop “falls in” to the formation at the beginning and end of meetings and on any occasion where special announcements are made.
However, many Scout Troops have forgotten the full utility of formations. In the past, there were many different formation shapes, each with a different purpose for different situations. Scouts were drilled in these formations, and had a lot of fun trying to make each formation faster and neater than the one before.
There is a lot of benefit to these formation drills, and it would be good to bring them back to more common use among Scout Troops. For one, drilling for quickness and neatness in formations helps set the right tone and spirit of the Scout meetings. It’s very important to establish a good Troop Culture. Formation drills can really help with that.
Smartness in uniform and correctness in detail seems a small matter to fuss about, but has its value in the development of self-respect, and means an immense deal to the reputation of the Movement among outsiders who judge by what they see
~Lord Baden Powell
This is very true. Sharp-looking and tight formations help each Scout to feel proud of the group they belong to.
These drills also reinforce the chain-of-command. The Patrol Leader’s responsibility is visually represented by the position he takes relative to the other members of his Patrol. The same is true of the positions of the Assistant Patrol Leader, the Senior Patrol Leader, and the Scoutmaster.
Finally, formation drills are just fun to do! Every time I’ve seen one in action, the Scouts take part enthusiastically. It really is a fun game to try quickly maneuvering between different formations.
Patrol Leaders should have a defined position for each formation. In formations where the Scouts are arranged in front-to-back lines, the Patrol Leader is usually in the front. In formations where the Scouts are in left-to-right lines, the P.L. is usually either in the farthest position to the right, or he is standing out in front of his Patrol. Assistant Patrol Leaders should always be either next in line by the Patrol Leader or should be the opposite end-cap of the line.
In the past, the Scoutmaster mainly led the Patrols during the formations. This is a good practice for formal occasions, but I believe it is important for the Senior Patrol Leader to be in charge of drilling and training the Scouts in this matter.
Whoever leads the Troop in the formation obviously needs to be in front and visible. Wherever he calls the formation, he needs to make sure make sure there is enough room to accommodate the group.
There are several ways to call the formations. The first is by simply announcing them verbally. If done this way, the commands need to be loud and clear. The second way is to use a whistle or other audible signal. Make sure each of the signals are different enough to be easily distinguished. The third way is to use hand signals. This way has been very popular in the past. The leader usually give a single “alert” call, followed by the hand signals. It is silent and efficient, and it requires the Scouts to be ready and alert.
Called by "Troop" or use troop call to attract attention and silence in Troop. A hand single is shown to get the Troop into required formation.
Troop then assumes the At Ease position-feet a comfortable distance apart, right hand clasped in left hand behind back, head up, eyes front.
Your weight should be distributed equally on the heels and balls of your feet. When you come to attention, bring your heels together smartly with your toes forming a 45 degree angle.
Keep your legs straight without locking your knees. Hold your body with your hips level, your chest lifted, and your shoulders square and even. Your arms should hang straight, but not stiff, with the backs of your hands outward. Curl your fingers so that the tips of our thumbs are alongside and touching the first joint of the forefingers. Your thumbs should be straight and along the seams of your trousers. The first joint of your forefingers should touch the trousers or skirt. Keep your head erect, and look straight to the front.
Command: AT EASE
On the command AT EASE, you must keep your right foot in place and remain silent and in position in formation.
The hands are uncupped during this movement.
Once the arms are in the back of the body, your fingers are extended and joined, pointing towards the ground, palms facing outward.
The right hand is in the palm of the left hand. The right thumb is over the left thumb so they form a letter X.
Remain immobile and silent with head up and eyes straight ahead.
Turn on right heel and left toe-snap left foot up to right.
Turn on left heel and right toe-snap right foot up to left
Turn right about on right heel and left toe-snap left foot up to right.
Explain what D.R.A.B.C. stands for (i.e. D-Danger, R-Response ,A- Airway clear, B-Breathing, C-Circulation). Explain how C.P.R is given. Show three Methods of carrying a casualty with the help of another, and also demonstrate Fireman’s lift
The practice of first aid is often said to be one of 'common sense' and in many ways this is true, for example, if someone is bleeding then the first thing that you want to do is to stop it! No text book (or information sheet!) is a substitute for attending a first aid training course if you wish to progress further than the few simple procedures mentioned here. In Scouting we are involved in activities all the time, which can potentially result in accidents whether indoors or outdoors and so it is desirable that we all have a basic understanding of first aid.
The DRABC procedure or the primary survey will allow you to establish what level of first aid you need to administer and if you need to call the emergency services. First aiders split the primary survey into the steps D-R-A-B-C, you can remember this easily by remembering DR ABC.
DRABC stands for Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing and Circulation. As a First Aider, when you encounter a casualty, you need to do the initial DRABC procedure, otherwise known as the primary survey.
Before even thinking about administering any first aid, it is good to know what you are doing. As a calm and measured first aider, you need to think about the 3P’s… yes another acronym.
First aid is all about:
Preserve life – you are preventing that person from losing their life.
Prevent further injury – you don’t want the casualty to become even more injured. Make sure that the casualty has a good supply of oxygen and that they are in a safe position. Ideally, casualties shouldn’t be moved, but if you have no other option maker sure you move them properly and carefully.
Promote recovery – you need to take the relevant steps to promote recovery; whether that is applying bandages or cold compresses or putting them into the recovery position. Continue promoting recovery until the emergency help arrives.
On the first step of DRABC, you need to determine whether it is safe to approach the casualty and that yourself and anyone else isn’t in a position also to become a casualty. For example; this could be stopping any oncoming traffic, looking out for live electricity, looking out for any places you could fall or trip over.
Once you can confirm there is no potential danger, you can begin to assess the casualty.
Next, you need to try and get some response from the casualty so the casualty can tell you what is wrong with them. To do this, use the AVPU scale, which will help you scale the level of response from the casualty.
A – Alert: first of all, is the casualty moving or talking? If not, proceed to V.
V – Voice: Try speaking to the casualty loudly and clearly to see if they respond to speech. Make sure that you are in the casualty’s eye line so that they can see who is talking. If you get no response, proceed to P.
P – Place: Place your hand on the collarbone of the casualty and carefully but firmly shake them. At this point, you need to continue to speak to the casualty, making them aware of who you are. P can also stand for pain if the casualty responds as if they are in discomfort. If they do not show any signs of responsiveness proceed to U.
U – Unresponsive: at this point, you can assume the casualty is unresponsive.
Now you need to investigate why the casualty is unresponsive by checking their airway. To do this, you need to place the casualty on their back and tilt their head back. Place your hand on the chin and forehead and lightly tip back their head. With your fingertips on the chin of the casualty lift their mouth open to open the airways.
When the airway is open; look out for any signs of normal breathing for 10 seconds. Look out for if the casualty looks to be breathing abnormally, infrequently or not at all. Start applying CPR if you notice any of these symptoms.
If the casualty is unresponsive but is breathing normally and isn’t in a state where they can be moved without damaging them further put them into the recovery position.
If you reach this point and the casualty isn’t breathing you need to get someone to call 119/1919 or if you are alone put your phone on speakerphone and do it yourself. Never start CPR until the emergency services have been called. If possible, get someone to go and get an AED while you speak to the emergency services and stay with the casualty if you are alone.
Some people consider the defibrillation stage as its own step in the DRABC procedure, therefore calling it DRABCD. Using a defibrillator is key to keeping someone alive, and you need to take it seriously as a step.
Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) can help save a life during a cardiac or breathing emergency. However, even after training, remembering the CPR steps and administering them correctly can be a challenge.
Check the scene and the person. Make sure the scene is safe, then tap the person on the shoulder and shout "Are you OK?" to ensure that the person needs help.
Call 119/1919 for assistance. If it's evident that the person needs help, call (or ask a bystander to call) 119, then send someone to get an AED. (If an AED is unavailable, or a there is no bystander to access it, stay with the victim, call 119/1919 and begin administering assistance.)
Open the airway. With the person lying on his or her back, tilt the head back slightly to lift the chin.
Check for breathing. Listen carefully, for no more than 10 seconds, for sounds of breathing. (Occasional gasping sounds do not equate to breathing.) If there is no breathing begin CPR.
Push hard, push fast. Place your hands, one on top of the other, in the middle of the chest. Use your body weight to help you administer compressions that are at least 2 inches deep and delivered at a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute.
Deliver rescue breaths. With the person's head tilted back slightly and the chin lifted, pinch the nose shut and place your mouth over the person's mouth to make a complete seal. Blow into the person's mouth to make the chest rise. Deliver two rescue breaths, then continue compressions.
Note: If the chest does not rise with the initial rescue breath, re-tilt the head before delivering the second breath. If the chest doesn't rise with the second breath, the person may be choking. After each subsequent set of 30 chest compressions, and before attempting breaths, look for an object and, if seen, remove it.
Continue CPR steps. Keep performing cycles of chest compressions and breathing until the person exhibits signs of life, such as breathing, an AED becomes available, or EMS or a trained medical responder arrives on scene.
Note: End the cycles if the scene becomes unsafe or you cannot continue performing CPR due to exhaustion.
Single rescuer to lift a victim safely by arm carries. Rescuer holding the victim around the victim’s back and under the knees.
This technique is for carrying a victim to the longer distances and can support an unconscious victim.
Pick up the victim by having both rescuers squat down on either side of the victim.
Reach under the victim's shoulders and under their knees.
Grasp the other rescuer's wrists.
From the squat, with good lifting technique, stand.
Walk in the direction that the victim is facing.
This technique is for lifting a patient into a bed or stretcher, or for transporting to short distances
Each person kneels on the knee nearest the victim's feet.
On the command of the person at the head, the rescuers lift the victim up and rest the victim on their knees.
If the patient is being placed on a low stretcher or litter basket:
On the command of the person at the head, the patient is placed down on the litter/stretcher.
If the victim is to be placed on a high gurney/bed or to be carried:
At this point, the rescuers will rotate the victim so that the victim is facing the rescuers, resting against the rescuers' chests.
On the command of the person at the head, all the rescuers will stand.
To walk, all rescuers will start out on the same foot, walking in a line abreast.
Every man should know how to perform what is called the “fireman’s carry.” It’s an effective way to distribute someone’s weight, allowing you to haul them over long distances with minimal strain. Here’s how it’s done:
1. Raise the victim to a standing position. This is no easy task if they’re dead to the world. Start by rolling them on their stomach and kneel by their head. Stick your arms under their armpits and around their back. Raise the victim to his feet. Lift with your legs, not with your back.
2. Shift your weight to your right leg and stick it between the victim’s legs. Grab the victim’s right hand with your left, and drape it over your shoulder. With your head under the victim’s right armpit, wrap your arm around the back of his right knee. Squat down and position his body on your shoulders. Try to equally distribute his body weight on each side.
3. Grab the victim’s right hand with your right hand. Your left hand is free to judo chop would-be assailants.
4. Transport your victim.
Here’s a handy diagram:
A scanner can connect to a computer using many different interfaces although today is most commonly connected to a computer using a .
More details about Messengers of Peace from
Check for a wide range of Community Service Projects
Weather
Give a weather report at the start of each day and note any subsequent changes.
Route
Link your description to the map opposite so that the reader can picture where you went. You could put a number in your text to refer the reader to a similar number on the map that shows where a certain event or object occurred, like this: (Climbed over border fence by means of a stile (3).)
Historical interest
Buildings, Clock Towers, Roundabouts
Rough Notes
The Signals are mentioned in the NSM badge notes. Please refer to the section by clicking the below link
It’s a way of communicating across long distances, by holding flags in different positions to represent letters or numbers.
For this you will need either red and yellow A4 card or paper and some sticky tape.
Take one piece of red and one piece of yellow card or paper. You can make two flags from these.
Cut the card/paper diagonally from opposite corners as can be seen in the picture opposite.
Place the card/paper next to each other as seen in the picture and stick them together with the sticky tape on both sides.
You can add sticks to your flags if you want to. This can be done with lollipop sticks, kebab skewers or sticks from outside and attached using sticky tape
To send a Semaphore message correctly start by using the ‘Attention’ position and wait for the ‘Ready to receive’ position from the other team. When ready, start each word with the ‘Letters’ position and use the ‘Space’ position between each word. Finish the sentence with the ‘End of word’ position.
To receive a message wait for the ‘Attention’ signal from the other team. When seen, reply with the ‘Ready to receive’ position. This is done by raising both flags straight above your head and then dropping them into the ‘Space’ position.
Have a minimum training period of 06 months in a Patrol after completing the Membership Badge
Pay annual membership fee as a member of the World Organisation of the Scout Movement (WOSM)
Continue maintaining the Personal Log Book and help maintaining the Patrol Log Book
The Scout should complete three (03) compulsory Proficiency Badges:
Happy Home Badge
2 Other Badges selected from any 2 groups other than from the Camp Craft and Public Service Groups
Scouts may do up to 06 more Proficiency Badges in addition to the compulsory 03 badges, but not from the Camp Craft and Public Service Groups.
Sea Scouts may complete a badge from Seaman’s Group and Air Scouts may complete a badge from the Airman’s Group as one of these badges.
If a Scout starts work on this Award as a Junior Scout and completed the Award as a Senior Scout, any relevant Junior badges done as a Junior Scout would be accepted as qualifying badges (i.e. some Scouts might have done Junior as well as Senior Badges, depending on his age when he/she did those badges).
Minimum age to start – 10 years and 09 months
Minimum age to complete – 11 years and 03 months
Minimum training period – 06 months
Should complete before 18 years
Interviewer – Scout Leader/Group Scout Leader
Once you are done with a requirement, do not hesitate to get it signed by your Patrol Leader/Seniors or the Scout Master/Group Scout Master
The Patrol Method gives Boy Scouts an experience in group living towards their journey of being Good Citizens. The patrol, not the adults, make most of the decisions, including electing the patrol leader. The patrol method places responsibility on young shoulders and teaches boys how to accept it. The patrol method allows Scouts to interact in small groups where members can easily relate to each other. These small groups determine troop activities through elected representatives.
Some troops hold patrol meetings during their regular troop meetings. Others encourage patrols to meet on their own time, perhaps on a Sunday afternoon at the patrol leader’s home.
These are some activities to be carried out during patrol meetings:
Have the patrol leader report on what happened at the latest Patrol Leaders’ Council meeting
Plan upcoming outings, including food menus
Design patrol flag
Outfit and clean patrol box (Patrol corner)
Work on advancement requirements
Play a game or have fun in some way
Can patrols do activities outside of the troop, other than meet?
Yes.
They may have their own day activities, as well as a service project, or working on advancement, or proficiency badges, or things like that,. If they go overnight, they need to have adult supervision,
but they can do lots of things on their own. Service projects are a great thing for patrols to do.
What’s patrol spirit?
Patrol spirit starts with the patrol name, which members choose and says something about them. Patrols can come up with a flag, a totem, a yell, a song, whatever they want, something that makes them feel part of a team, just like a sports team.
What does the patrol leader do?
Plans, organizes, conducts patrol meetings activities.
Represents the patrol as a member of the Patrol Leader’s Council.
Keeps patrol members informed about upcoming events and deadlines.
Encourages patrol members to complete advancement requirements.
Sets a good example by living up to the Scout Oath and Law
The patrol method is not a way to operate a Boy Scout troop, it is the ONLY way. Unless the patrol method is in operation, you don't really have a Boy Scout troop
Good Patrol Spirit
Patrol members must know each other - in other words you must have a stable Patrol and not one where members from other Patrols are moved in and out every so often.
There must be pride in patrol traditions - the Patrol must have and use must be frequently made of the Patrol: - Name, Call, Yell or Song, Signature, Skill (good at pioneering, cooking, etc.), Flag or Badge, Corner or Den, Logbooks, equipment, Jobs delegated, Uniform.
Ensure the Patrol is successful. Somehow success brings the team together, making the members of the team glad to be a part of it. Success is not only in inter-Patrol competitions (though obviously you will work hard to win them), but also in projects you undertake. Plan well, and complete your plans.
Work hard to give attention to each Scout in the Patrol. Make friends with them. Get to know them and their family. Find out their interests. Most importantly help them to progress in their tests and along the Scouting Trail.
As a member of a Patrol, think of your Patrol as a team. A good tip is to think and talk about OUR Patrol, OUR den and not MY Patrol or my den. Talk with the Patrol members a lot, and try to keep them informed.
Try to build traditions of high standards in your Patrol. No one wants to belong to a sloppy show - everyone wants to be part of a success story.
Patrol Meetings, also called Patrol-in-Council or Patrol Council Meetings, is a meeting between the Patrol Leader and the patrol. Patrol meetings may be held at any time and place. Many patrols set aside a portion of some evening meetings for its patrol to sit together and talk. Others encourage patrols to meet on a different evening, possibly at the home of a patrol member.
Programme - troop and patrol (camps, meetings, etc.)
Policy (the way things are done)
Problems
Decisions requested by the Patrol Leaders Council
Requests/suggestions made by the Patrol Leaders Council
Badge advancement within the Patrol
Notices (of coming events)
New Scouts
Planning future events & activities
Meetings should be well planned and businesslike. Assistant Patrol Leaders bring the meeting to order and the PL reports on the issues discussed at the Patrol Leaders Council.
Decisions reached at these meetings should be brought to the attention of the Troop Scouter, whose responsibility it is, together with Assistants and PL's to make up a suitable programme. Plan and lead some patrol meeting and activities.
Keep your patrol members informed.
Give each member some specific task whenever possible.
Represent your patrol at Patrol Leader's Council.
Prepare the patrol to participate in all Troop activities.
Work with other Leaders to make your troop run well.
Know the abilities of each of your members.
Set a good example.
Wear the Scout Uniform correctly.
Be guided by the Scout Promise & Law.
Maintaining and keeping logs of your meetings and activities is a way of analyzing the progress of the Patrol.
A few activities
Develop a secret code known only to your patrol. Use it;
Learn your patrol calls and signs;
Hold a tent pitching competition. Time your patrols. See if they can do it blindfolded with only one person instructing;
Practice making tea on top of a tree/in a tree hut;
30) Have a patrol camp, join with another patrol where possible;
34) Have regular log book inspections. Pay attention to spelling and grammar. Make sure daily logs are maintained and checked;
Make a patrol flag with your patrol colours. It could be used at patrol competitions, camps, and outside your tent at Camporee;
Learn how to change a flat tyre;
Make a water filter out of natural material;
Maintain a calendar of Troop birthdays and make a card as a Patrol and mail to the Scout;
Each Patrol should have a place of its own - somewhere it can meet and keep its treasures. The patrol corners are divided from the Troop administration. The Patrol can meet there when they wish and can decorate and furnish the place to their liking. The Patrol Corner is the core around which Patrol Spirit and tradition can be built.
The Patrol Corner should be decorated by the members of the Patrol with the records and trophies of its activities. It houses the Patrol's equipment such as signaling equipment, library, photos, games equipment, ropes, axes, first-aid kit, etc. It is the place where each generation of the Patrol can and will express its personality.
The maintenance and development of Patrol Dens or Corners can form an important training.
Public health is defined as the “science and art of preventing disease.” The aim of public health is to prolong life and well-being by creating an organized effort to improve sanitation and prevent the spread of disease. Simply put, the goal of public health is to keep society from getting sick.
There are two main aspects of public health initiatives: prevention and treatment. Common public health initiatives to prevent disease and treat victims include:
Immunization of children.
Providing regular updates on disease outbreaks and spread.
Researching diseases and developing vaccines or cures.
Screening people for diseases.
Keeping our communities clean and unpolluted.
Providing health services to underserved areas.
Encouraging the reduction of unhealthy behaviors like smoking, drinking, and drug use.
Promoting healthy behaviors like exercise, nutritious diet, and stress reduction.
How Diseases Are Contracted
Although the odds of contracting a serious illness have been relatively low in modern times, there are still many ways that diseases, infections, and illnesses can spread. For instance:
Escherichia coli (E. coli) can be contracted by consuming contaminated food or water.
Tetanus can be spread through cuts r wounds from infected objects (like rusty metal).
HIV/AIDS is spread through infected blood or unsafe sexual contact.
Malaria is most often spread through mosquito bites.
Salmonellosis can be contracted after consuming undercooked meats, or by being exposed to an infected animal such as a cat, dog, or reptile.
Lyme disease is most commonly spread through tick bites.
Because of how alcohol is metabolized in the body, consuming excessive amounts of alcohol in a short time can be deadly. Respiratory, heart rate, body temperature, and gag reflex might all be adversely affected and could lead to a coma or death in some instances.
It is also possible for adults or children to accidentally or intentionally consume alcohol-containing household products, resulting in alcohol poisoning. Knowing what to do and how to go about if somebody in your presence or at a social event shows signs of alcohol poisoning is helpful and may even save a life.
Alcohol poisoning can happen to anyone, regardless of age, gender, weight, or alcohol tolerance. Alcohol poisoning is caused by drinking large quantities of alcohol in a short space of time.
Confusion, incoherence, and stupor
Unconsciousness or coma
Unresponsiveness
Vomiting, that often continues even if the person is unconscious
Erratic or drastically slowed breathing
Low body temperature
Seizures
Pale or blue-tinged skin color
Some people may be embarrassed or scared to visit an emergency room to get help for a friend that they suspect has alcohol poisoning.However, the risk of embarrassment, cost, or reproach from friends and family is far lower than the risk of death.Although the person with suspected alcohol poisoning must go to the hospital immediately, there are some steps to take while en route or waiting for an ambulance:
Ensure that the person stays on their side if they are lying down, to reduce the risk of death from choking on vomit
Monitor their breathing and try to keep them conscious if possible
Never leave the individual alone or unattended
Show proof that you have continued to maintain the savings account that you started for the Membership Badge
The importance of saving money cannot be understated. In fact, with so many proven benefits, saving money is one of the best financial habits you can adopt. But, if saving money doesn’t come easy to you, or you just don’t see the point, it’s natural to ask yourself, why is saving money important?
First and foremost, saving money is important because it helps protect you in the event of a financial emergency. Additionally, saving money can help you pay for large purchases, avoid debt, reduce your financial stress, leave a financial legacy, and provide you with a greater sense of financial freedom.
Freedom to Pursue Your Dream Career
Long-Term Security
Emergencies
Stress Reduction
Helping Others
Education
Major Life Events
Saving money is important because it provides security, stress relief, and freedom. And while there are countless reasons to save, you just need to find a reason that resonates with you. Whether it’s helping others, improving your marital finances, leaving a positive financial legacy, or just having a little more fun, you owe it to yourself to prioritize saving.
Having your own savings account makes you more money aware and can encourage you to develop good savings habits as grown-ups.
There are many types of Savings accounts specifically categorized under different categories.
Regular Savings
Children's Savings
Teenage Savings
Ladies Savings
Senior Citizens Savings
Money Market
Investment Accounts
To open a regular Savings account you must be over 18 and for Children's Savings account, Teenage Savings account there's no minimum age limit but when you turn 18 you will be asked to convert into a Regular Savings account depending on the bank.
Saving money is important because it provides security, stress relief, and freedom. And while there are countless reasons to save, you just need to find a reason that resonates with you. Whether it’s helping others, improving your marital finances, leaving a positive financial legacy, or just having a little more fun, you owe it to yourself to prioritize saving.
Having your own savings account makes you more money aware and can encourage you to develop good savings habits as grown-ups.
There are many types of Savings accounts specifically categorized under different categories.
Regular Savings
Children's Savings
Teenage Savings
Senior Citizens Savings
Fixed deposits
Investment Accounts
To open a regular Savings account you must be over 18m and for Children's Savings account, Teenage Savings account there's no minimum age limit but when you turn 18 you will be asked to convert this into a Regular Savings account depending on the bank.
Bank of Ceylon - Ran Kekulu SMART Children’s Savings Account
People's Bank - Sisu Udana Children's Savings Account
National Savings Bank (NSB) - Hapan Children's Savings Account
Seylan Bank - Tikiri Children's Savings Account
Commercial Bank - Arunalu Children's Savings Account
Sampath Bank - Supiri / Pubudu Children's Savings Account
If you are under 18, you cannot open your own Children's account unless you area ccompanied by a Parent or Guardian
You must deposit an amount to your account when creating
An interest is given to you for your amount deposited by the bank and calculated monthly
Interest on a savings account is the amount of money a bank or financial institution pays a depositor for holding their money with the bank
You cannot withdraw any amount from your Children's Savings Account if you are under 18.
At the age of 18, you must convert your Children's Savings Account to a regular Savings Account
Do not over confuse yourself!. Simply remember that you get an amount from the bank for your contribution towards your bank account and it called Interest.
Where:
A = Total Accrued Amount (principal + interest)
P = Principal Amount
I = Interest Amount
r = Rate of Interest per year in decimal; r = R/100
R = Rate of Interest per year as a percent; R = r * 100
t = Time Period involved in months or years
Principal (P) = 5000
Rate (R) = 4.00% (0.004)
Time (t) = 1 Month (first month) = 1/12 (1 year is 12 months) = 0.0833 years
Equation: A = P(1 + rt)
Solving our equation: A = 5000(1 + (0.04 × 0.0833)) = Rs. 5016.67
Our Interest for the 1st Month (5000 x 0.004 x 0.0833) = Rs. 16.67
Starting balance on the 2nd Month = Rs. 5016.67
The sooner you start to save, the more you'll earn with compound interest.
For example, if you have a savings account, you'll earn interest on your initial savings and on the interest you've already earned. You get interest on your interest.
This is different to simple interest. Simple interest is paid only on the principal at the end of the period. The power of compounding helps you to save more money. The longer you save, the more interest you earn. So start as soon as you can and save regularly. You'll earn a lot more than if you try to catch up later.
A higher interest rate will be offered for your child than the rate offered for Regular Savings Accounts.
Account holders will receive special cash prizes if they score 1st, 2nd and 3rd highest aggregate marks in the school at Year 5 Scholarship Examination.
You can open an Arunalu Account on behalf of any child from an infant to 18 years of age.
Cash prizes of Rs 10,000/-, Rs 7,500/-and Rs 5,000/-will be awarded to the Arunalu Account Holders who have gained the 1st, 2nd and the 3rd highest marks in each school at the Year 5 Scholarship Examination.
Minimum balance of Rs. 5,000/- should be maintained in the Arunalu Account prior to the date of the Examination.
Minimum initial deposit – Rs 100/-.
All new Arunalu Accounts opened with an initial deposit of Rs 1,000/- or above will be provided with a Beato till free of charge.
To open an account please collect an Arunalu Children's Savings Account opening form, from your nearest Commercial Bank branch or download it from below, complete the form and hand it in with the original birth certificate of the child together with a photocopy. The original birth certificate will be returned to you. Remember to take your National Identity Card, driving license or valid passport that contains your National Identity Card number. This is important for us to identify you and ensure your account’s security.
Interest paid Monthly
4.00%
4.07%
Tha book you are given upon creating a children's account is called a "Passbook". It is the best practice to
Always keep your passbook somewhere safe
Make sure you ask for a passbook cover if the bank does not give you a cover with the passbook
Not show everyone your passbook
Back of the Front cover includes details about the Savings account and the basic details of you.
The back page of the front cover consists of;
Account Number : 7010200037635
Name of Minor : MAST A K Perera
Date of Birth of Minor: 10-03-2008
ID No Name of Parent/Guardian: 798564568V B L PERERA
Address: No. 123, MARADANA RD, COLOMBO 07
The passbook has a format to record all your transactions and interest details added to your account
In the detail column you see INT - Interest or method of deposit. It defines the purpose of your Credit or Debit. Credit means your account is credited (deposited) an amount. Debit means your accunt is debited (expense). Example: When you deposit money to your bank account, your account gets credited.
Via going to Bank with your passbook and by filling a deposit slip
Via the CDM (Cash Deposit Machine) machine at an ATM (Automated Teller Machine)
Online Transfer
You will need to know your Savings Account number defined in the back of your passbook front cover along with your Name with initials and the Bank name, Branch.
For the above records you will need to format it this way:
7010200037635
A K PERERA
Hatton National Bank
Borella Branch
Show or explain to the satisfaction of the Scout Master your ability in one of the following. Singing, Playing a musical Instrument, Dancing, Acting, Drawing, Painting, Sculpturing or any other hobby. You may do so by even showing certificates received by you, in the selected field.
First things first – it’s maybe not the best idea to throw a dart at a random list of hobbies to choose one. Unless, of course, darts is your new hobby. Instead, try thinking about the kinds of things you like to do.
Are you the creative type or do you prefer being active? Do you want escapism or tangible gains? Narrowing down your wants may make it easier to choose an activity that’s suited to you.
Is there something you used to enjoy as a child? Maybe you had a particular aptitude for something when you were younger but didn’t have the time to keep it up. Maybe it’s worth dipping back in and seeing if you still enjoy it as an adult?
Another point worth considering is whether or not you want your new hobby to be similar to your existing ones. It can be nice to find something that complements your existing skills, but it’s often refreshing to have a change of pace.
Although your hobby is probably a way to keep you engaged and happy, it’s likely that you have other goals in mind. Jigsaw-puzzling, for example, is a less physically intense pastime than weightlifting.
Mindfulness is the practice of being present and paying attention to the current moment. It’s about noticing your thoughts and feelings without judgement, often done through meditation. The two practices can be hugely beneficial, improving both your physical and mental health.
Whether you want to plant a shrub, sow some indoor seeds, or tackle your weeds, taking care of your garden can be rewarding and beneficial. As well as a sense of satisfaction of a job well done, it can also reduce stress and lower your blood pressure.
If you’ve been looking for a creative way of displaying your memorable photos, a scrapbook could be just the thing for you. As well as all of your favourite snaps, you can use all kinds of decorations and memorabilia to give your creation some flair. It’s a relaxing hobby that can help you appreciate all the good you have in your life.
Cycling can be a great alternative. Aside from a bike and helmet, there’s not much you need to get started with cycling. However, as a new hobby, there are plenty of different areas of interest you might want to get into. Will you choose road cycling or are you more of a mountain biker?
Whether you can already play an instrument or not, there’s never a bad time to learn a new one. There are so many possibilities here; we could dedicate an entire post to just listing them out. You’ll find all kinds of resources for whichever instrument you choose, including hours of video tutorials.
Learning a new language brings many benefits and can be extremely rewarding. Plus, with all types of language courses available, you can choose one that sparks your interest. You can match your chosen language to your favourite food or travel destination and practice on your next holiday. Duolingo is the best place to start off.
If you enjoy writing and sharing your interests and opinions, blogging could well be the hobby for you. It gives you a platform to organise your thoughts, express your feelings, and connect with people across the world. It’s also a highly useful digital skill to master. It’s simple to get started, and there are plenty of blogging platforms available.
On the theme of creating visually appealing content, graphic design is a skill that can easily be learned from home. You can start by looking at some content creators you admire and thinking about the skills and techniques they use.
Photography is a pastime that’s become increasingly easy to get into. After all, most of us carry a camera around with us just about everywhere we go. Although your smartphone may not be the connoisseur’s choice of equipment, it’s more than sufficient for learning some of the basics of photography with. You can take an array of photos of the family pet, for example.
This is a hobby that will probably require you to order a few bits in, but it can definitely be just as rewarding as any of the hobbies on our list. It’s also a skill that you can dive into and get creative with. For the future Michelangelos among us, this is definitely one worth considering. You can sculpt using a variety of materials – everything from clay to marble, depending on your confidence levels, space, and budget.
You don’t have to make your final decision about your new hobby just yet. You can spend some time trying a few different options to see which one is right for you.
Be able to do the following and explain their practical uses
Fireman’s Chair Knot
Double clove Hitch
Double Sheet Bend
Bowline on a bight
Highwayman’s Hitch
Sail maker’s whipping
In Search and Rescue Operations, the Handcuff Knot is avoided because of the inherent danger of damage to the victim. However, it is worth considering if there is no other way of rescuing someone trapped, e.g., in a crevice or in a hole below grade. The two loops are placed around the wrists or the ankles. The two ends are then pulled to tighten the loops for traction. The Handcuff Knot can also be used to restrain an animal or drag an animal carcass.
As a Chair: The size of the loops can be fixed by using each end to tie a half hitch around the adjacent loop. The loops can then be placed around the thighs to lift someone in a seated position. If conscious and able, they hold the lifting end; if not, the free tail is wrapped around the torso and tied back to the lifting end.
Using the Handcuff Knot to apply traction to limbs is potentially traumatic and must be used only when alternative lifting methods cannot be employed.
The rolling hitch (Double Clove Hitch) is a friction knot that can attach a thinner rope to a thicker one or a single rope to a post or spar. It holds firmly in the direction of the standing part. It belongs to the group of slide and grip knots and facilitates lengthwise pulls on it. Until 1841 it was known as Magnus or Magner’s hitch. At that time the name rolling hitch was applied to round turn and two half hitches.
To clear a jammed block or winch by releasing the pressure off the line.
Sailing and scouting.
To pull up hoses in fire service.
For hauling tools aloft in construction work and arboriculture.
To secure a snubber to an anchor chain.
Rolling hitch on a bight – If there is a long tail end, you can make the knot with a bight instead of an end.
Modified rolling hitch – It is used in orthopedic practices.
Secure and easy
Not secure enough for climbing purposes
The addition of an extra turn round the bight prevents slipping in the case of extra-smooth ropes. For maximum strength, the free ends should land up on the same side of the double sheet bend knot.
The Bowline on a Bight makes a secure loop in the middle of a piece of rope. It does not slip or bind. It is satisfying to start with a plain length of rope and finish with a secure safe loop in its middle.
Emergency Purchase: A Bowline on a Bight can also be used to gain some additional purchase: create a Bowline on a Bight in the rope; pass the free end of the rope round a post, then back through the loops and finally to the post again. This gives a three to one purchase – admittedly with some friction.
Foothold: It can be used to make a secure foothold in the middle of a piece of rope.
Bosun’s Chair: Because two loops are created it has been claimed that the Bowline on a Bight makes an emergency bosun’s chair which is more comfortable than a single loop. One loop can go round each thigh with the free tail going round the chest for security. Alternatively, one loop would go round the chest and one round the thighs. However, unless the rope was a couple of inches or more in diameter it would require a demanding emergency to make one really appreciate the “comfort” of either of these bosun’s chairs.
Robbers were said to use the Highwayman’s Hitch Knot for a quick escape on horseback and it has probably survived because of this tantalizing name. It is one of the quick release hitches which comes handy.
Quick release hitches are dangerous for a climber rappelling down. Frightened by a sudden slip or jerk, a grab at the adjacent line can trigger a fatal fall.
To tie up a kayak shortly before getting to it.
Tethering animals.
It can be untied just with a single tug at the working end, even when the rope is under tension.
Entanglement of the free end with the load might trigger an abrupt release that might be fatal. Hence it is not safe to use it with human loads as in climbing.
The Sailmaker’s Whipping is the most secure whipping. The whipping turns are contained by the frapping turns that both grip the rope and prevent the whipping from unwinding if damaged. It looks most satisfying when applied to the end of a three-strand rope – each pair of frapping strands follows the twist of the rope and is accommodated in the groove between strands. This whipping can be used equally well on braided or kernmantle rope – but greater care is required to distribute the frapping turns evenly round the whipping.
Techniques: There are several variations of the Sailmaker’s Whipping:
Needles: With three-stranded rope, the Sailmaker’s Whipping can often be tied without a needle: the strands of the rope can be opened up by hand to pass the twine through between them. However, a large needle makes the task easier and is essential equipment when tying a Sailmaker’s Whipping round a braided or kernmantle rope.
Number of Frapping Turns: Many texts describe this whipping with just one frapping strand lying in each groove – which necessitates a different start to the whipping. As shown in the animation, the short end is initially threaded diagonally and is contained inside the whipping. When using a single frapping turn, the short end must be left outside the whipping turns and then threaded up outside the whipping and through the rope to trap the long end.
Completing the Whipping: The animation describes finishing the knot with a chain of square knots. If necessary, use a needle to pull this chain through the rope. The knots are then buried and very unlikely to shake loose.
Burning the end: A rope’s end, whipped with a Sailmaker’s Whipping and trimmed is a neat and attractive work of art. Although melting the end diminishes its beauty, it is sensible, provides additional protection, and is recommended. For ropes that contain a core that does not melt, e.g., an aramid core such as Kevlar, it is still worth doing as it still seals the sheath. Ideally, trim the aramid core shorter than the sheath and burn the sheath to cover and bury the core.
Braided Rope: It is relatively easy to decide where to thread the twine in three stranded rope – the gap between each of the three strands provides a natural target and the three strands dictate that one pair of frapping turns will lie in each groove. In braided rope the principle is the same, the frapping turns should be distributed evenly round the rope. However, in smaller braided ropes, it is not uncommon to see just two sets of frapping turns 180 degrees apart instead of three sets 120 degrees apart. For larger, and more valuable rope, three sets are strongly recommended.
Be able to identify parts of a human foot print.
Be able to observe foot prints on different surfaces and be able to explain what had caused these foot prints/ the story behind it.
Have knowledge of tracking
Tracking is an element of scouting that encompasses observation, stalking and the following of a trail. Unlike the form of tracking employed in hunting, tracking within the Scouting movement tends to focus on the tracking of people as well as animals. One form of training includes the laying a trail or following a trail laid by others. A trail is made up of a series of signs, largely comprising directions, which are laid on the ground.
Tracking has been part of scouting and guiding since the beginning; it was the subject of several of Baden-Powell's campfire yarns. In the eleventh he wrote that "One of the most important things that a Scout has to learn... is to let nothing escape his attention". He suggested several methods of learning observational skills, such as Kim's Game and other memory games. Following this, in yarn twelve, he wrote about spooring, relating to the tracking of people and animals. Scouts were encouraged to identify the difference between the tracks of different animals, as well as determining the age of the tracks and the pace of movement. It was in the thirteenth yarn that Baden-Powell introduced sign based tracking, where scouts were encouraged to deduce the location of a person or animal by following signs. The purpose of training scouts in tracking skills was to encourage observation and to make it possible for them to stalk animals for observation, or hunting as food.
Basic Tracking signs by here
Often enough, it’s easy to categorize animal tracks within their species. Cats. Canines (this includes bears). Ungulates (hooved animals, such as deer, moose or elk). Rodents. Birds. Insects. All might represent food or danger or information about the environment.
For example, snow melts throughout the day in the sunshine. If you find a large footprint, the animal might be much smaller than the track indicates, due to the snow melting and expanding.
This, of course, requires understanding of when a track was made. There are several indicators to look for:
Does the track seem to have been melted by the sun?
Are there any leaves or debris inside the track?
If it’s in mud, is the mud dry and hard?
What signs of the animal exist by the track, such as leaves that might have been nibbled of?
A single animal track tells a partial story. In the area around the track might be all kinds of accomplice signs for completing the story.
Once you learn that, for example, cat’s claws are retractable, it will be easier to figure out if the print is a cougar or a wolf. Canine claws always stick out and therefore almost always leave a mark in the mud, sand or snow.
Very simple differences make it easy to identify an animal within a given species. Moose hoofprints are heart shaped. Elks almost always leave behind markings from their “dew claws.” Deer hoofprints are much smaller and shaped like an arrowhead. When it comes to canines, it can be tough to tell the difference between a wolf and a domestic dog, so you have to take the whole picture into account.
Become a wilderness detective and answer some questions: Are you anywhere near human settlement? When you step back and look at the line of tracks (several tracks leading somewhere), are they in a determined straight line or are they meandering all over the place? Wolves don’t have time to frolic, so they tend to walk straight to where they’re headed, maybe leaving a mark here and there by urinating on a stump or bush. Dogs lollygag all over the place, so large meandering tracks are more likely a big dog than a wolf.
One of my favorite tricks with animal tracks is figuring out how big their maker is. It’s really quite simple and often very accurate. Try to find all four paws showing clearly as tracks on the ground. Take your hands and put them beside the first and third tracks. Now, assuming you know what kind of animal it is, trace an imaginary line in the air to indicate how big you think the canine or cat might be based on the first and third paw placements. Simply outline the shape of the animal. Try it at home with your dog and your cat.
You need to measure the length and width of all four tracks (2 in humans). When measuring animal tracks the length readings between tracks are measured from toe to toe because animals hit first with their toes. In humans it is measured from heel to heel because we land heel first.
Establish the Line of Travel- This can be done by eye if the tracks are clear or by placing popsicle sticks at the heel of the tracks and connecting a string to the sticks.
Length of Track - measure the length of the true track.
Width - measure the widest part of the track.
Stride - is measured from the heel of one foot to the heel of the other foot (i.e. right heel line to left heel line).
Straddle - if you draw a line of travel between the left heels and a line of travel between the right heels the distance between these two lines is the straddle. There is zero straddle and positive straddle.
Pitch - is the degree to which the foot angles out from the line of travel (pitched out). At the widest point of the track, draw a line bisecting the track along its long axis. The distance from where the line exits the front of the foot to the heel line is the overall pitch.
You can make your own mold with plaster of paris
Things you need:
Plaster of Paris : accordingly to the size of the track. (Can be found in Hardware stores :Buy loose)
A cardboard strip according to the size of the track (height must be at least 2 inches)
A bit of salt (For quickening the moldering process)
Water
Ratio
Add Salt to the water
Cover the animal track
Refer the below mentioned image
Add salt water to the plaster of paris container and mix well (Make sure you get no air bubbles)
Pour the mixture to the animal track
Leave it for 15-30 minutes and get the mold out
Wash it to get rid of the dirt
Here is a demonstration how you can cast an animal track with the aforementioned steps
Refer via
As the great Joseph Addison once said, ‘reading is to the mind what exercise is to the body.’ Reading can be the ultimate form of escapism, helping you discover new worlds, learn about different cultures, and explore new ideas. If you’re looking for somewhere to get started, here’s a to consider.
You may have heard the theory circulating that Shakespeare wrote King Lear during quarantine in the plague years. So, no better time to start penning your ideas down, right? If you need a bit of a primer, you can check out our courses on and.
Of course, you probably already listen to music on a regular basis. However, there’s never a wrong time to start discovering new bands and artists that you like. As far as finding a new hobby goes, this is a fairly limitless one. Try jumping into an entirely new genre, ask your friends for recommendations, or using a tool like to find new music.
Colouring is a hobby that’s suitable for people of all ages. It’s a relaxing and creative pastime that can give you focus and let you express yourself. Plus, it’s simple to get started with. All you need are colouring pencils and some templates, many of which you can.
Cooking can be a great way to relax. From trying new recipes to cooking up something entirely unique, you’ve got the freedom to experiment. There are learning opportunities too. Whether it’s, mastering the, or finding out are, the possibilities are plentiful.
For those seeking a more introspective hobby, journaling can be incredibly therapeutic. It helps you organise your thoughts, relieve feelings of anxiety, practice, and let you reflect on your life. It’s also a project that you can start with ease – all you need is either a pen and notebook or a word processor. Don’t overthink it, just start writing and see where it takes you.
One of our Scout Instructors was a former Cyclist who went around Sri Lanka with his custom made bike. Check his blog on
You may not immediately think of acting as the most obvious new hobby, but it’s worth considering. If you’re self conscious to being with, there are plenty of to boost your acting abilities, and many you can get started with.
If you’ve got some paintbrushes and paints knocking around, you can easily jump into painting as your new hobby. YouTube recently added 12 seasons of. So, you can listen to his dulcet tones as you begin to master your new craft.
The Handcuff Knot is also known as Fireman's Chair and Hobble Knot knot can be used as a handcuff. However, the knot possesses minimal locking action and could never live up its name. For added security the two ends can be tied together with one or more .
The double sheet bend, also known as the double becket bend is a more secure variation of the . It is mainly used to join effectively two ropes that have a marked difference in their diameters or rigidity.
Be able to march 200 meters correctly with the Patrol
Plan and carry out a Patrol activity in preventing smoking, use of alcohol, drug abuse etc.
You may not think your actions have much of an impact on your community as a whole, but they can. Choose a public health issue close to your heart and find a way to promote it in your local community. Here are a few ideas to get you started on making your community a better place to live!
Police Emergency Hotline
118 / 119
Ambulance / Fire & rescue
110/1990
Accident Service-General Hospital-Colombo
011-2691111
Tourist Police
011-2421052
Police Emergency
011-2433333
Government Information Center
1919
Report Crimes
011-2691500
Emergency Police Mobile Squad
011-5717171
Fire & Ambulance Service
011-2422222
Get the facts about how drugs affect the brain and body using this complete book of printable skills pages, including activities that support reading comprehension, graphing skills, sequencing skills, and critical thinking.
Here are a few activity books that you can refer when planning out the activities
Observe 10 types of birds in the area that you live. Collect data about their colours, body sizes, warbling sounds, their habitat, colour of eggs, shape of their feet, shapes of their beaks etc. and write in your log book.
There are many Birds sanctuaries across the little island 270 km by 140 km in size. Kumana is situated in east Coast, Bundala, Kalamatiya are is in the southern coast. Sinharaja Rain Forest, Udawatta Kele, Horton Plains, Bellanwila, Muthurajawela, Minneriya, Kitulgala, Minipe , Yala and Udawalawe National Parks are other important Bird watching locations. In additions you can see Birds throughout the country in pockets of forests, lakes, lagoons and river side’s during your travel.
Kingfishers are distributed worldwide except in the polar regions, high altitudes, and remote islands. They are concentrated in Southeast Asia, New Guinea and tropical Africa. There are 90 species of kingfishers in the world. They belong to the family Alcedinidae which is divided into three subfamilies.
The Kingfishers, unlike certain other species of birds, show an unmistakeable general similarity. They have strong, straight and pointed beaks, which are long, enabling them to catch fish easily. They have compact bodies, short necks and large heads.
Their legs are rather short and their toes are syndactyl. This means that they have three toes in front of their foot and one at the back. In some cases the second toe is much reduced or totally absent as in the Three-toed Kingfisher.
Kingfishers are sit-and-wait predators, scanning a wide area from a favorite perch. If there is no suitable perch, they may hover over the water. Solitary birds are seen and also pairs but rarely in groups. Kingfishers dig their nests in earth banks along rivers or in the coastal areas. Their nests have also been found in mounds of earth, anthills and even, on occasion, in a hole in a tree.
In Sri Lanka we have seven species of kingfishers. They are the Pied Kingfisher (Ceryle rudis), the Common Kingfisher (Alcedo atthis), the Ceylon Blue-eared Kingfisher (Alcedo meninting), the Three-toed Kingfisher (Ceyx erithacus), the Stork-billed Kingfisher (Pelargopis capensis),the White-breasted Kingfisher (Halcyon smyrnensis) and the Black-capped Purple Kingfisher (Halcyon pileata).
Of these six are resident in the island and one, the Black-capped Purple Kingfisher, is a rare migrant. The Blue-eared Kingfisher, though a resident, is also rare. None of the kingfishers found on the island are endemic.
All kingfishers are carnivorous and, as their name implies, live mainly on fish. Though originally all kingfishers would have caught and eaten fish, with time and necessity, the food preferences of some species seem to have changed. They have adapted to a diet of small trerrestrial species and subsist on crustacea, insects, small vetebrates etc. It is now not surprising to see some species of kingfishers far away from water. They hunt any slow-moving prey that are within their reach.
Scientific name : Gracula ptilogenys
The Sri Lanka Myna, Ceylon Myna or Sri Lanka Hill Myna (Gracula ptilogenys), is a myna, a member of the starling family. This bird is endemic to Sri Lanka.
These 25 - 29 cm (~8.5 inches) long birds have green-glossed black plumage, purple-tinged on the head and neck. There are large white wing patches, which are obvious in flight. The strong legs are bright yellow, and there are yellow wattles (loose folds of skin) on the nape (back of the neck).
It talks well and is eagerly sought after locally as a caged bird.
Males and females look alike, but juveniles have a duller bill.
Scientific name: Chrysocolaptes stricklandi
The Crimson-backed Woodpecker or Layard’s Woodpecker or Greater Flame-backed Woodpecker (Chrysocolaptes lucidus stricklandi). One name is Layard’s Woodpecker. It is named after the British Ornithologist Edgar Leopold Layard. This is also a sub species endemic to Sri Lanka. The main species, however, is also found in India.
It is a forest loving bird found in many parts of the island except in the highest hills. The breeding season is from October to March. The nest hole is generally high up in a tree. One to three eggs are laid.
Woodpeckers are a necessary part of our ecosystems, especially considering the fact that they get rid of, as food, many of the boring insects and other insects that are a danger to the trees.
Removing these pests prevents the tree from succumbing to death due to the loss of its trunks and branches. They are useful to a range of other birds, as they nest in holes that the woodpeckers have excavated.
'Koho, koho', the call of the Asian Koel is all too familiar at the advent of the Sinhala and Tamil New Year. These dynamic cuckoo birds have a unique character and mischievous nature that ensures the survival of their species.
The Asian Koel is a member of the Cuckoo family. Thus, similar to all the Cuckoo birds around the world, Koha has a unique behavior called 'brood parasitism'. These parasitic birds avoid the arduous process of making a nest of their own. Instead, the female Koha, conveniently, lays eggs in the nests of crows. The Koha's eggs have a similar shape and size to Crow's eggs and therefore go unnoticed. They lay one egg and push aside a Crow's egg, to ensure the parents will not notice any mischief. What is intriguing is the fact that the Crows raise an altogether different species, as their own. The Koha egg hatches faster than the Crows eggs, and the minute it hatches, the Koha chick begins to kick the rest of the eggs out of the nest. In the end, the Koha chick is the sole survivor in the nest. The host parents sincerely take turns to feed their strange young chick. Amazingly these parasitic chicks have a similar voice to that of Crow chicks.
The yellow-billed babbler (Argya affinis) is a member of the family Leiothrichidae endemic to southern India and Sri Lanka. The yellow-billed babbler is a common resident breeding bird in Sri Lanka and southern India. Its habitat is scrub, cultivation and garden land. This species, like most babblers, is not migratory, and has short rounded wings and a weak flight and is usually seen calling and foraging in groups. It is often mistaken for the jungle babbler, whose range overlaps in parts of southern India, although it has a distinctive call and tends to be found in more vegetated habitats.
The black-hooded oriole (Oriolus xanthornus) is a member of the oriole family of passerine birds and is a resident breeder in tropical southern Asia from India and Sri Lanka east to Indonesia.
It is a bird of open woodland and cultivation. The nest is built in a tree, and contains two eggs. Its food is insects and fruit, especially figs, found in the tree canopies where they spend much of their time.
Fun facts The Black-headed Oriole, is a bird which forages in mixed species and flocks on the canopies of trees, consuming a variety of invertebrates, fruits and seeds. They can be found in the stems of a fork in a slender tree branch, shaped into a deep cup, woven with old man’s beard strands, moss and grass.
Lesser known facts Whilst the species will feed mainly on fruits, insects, berries and nectar, they are also known to have a very quick digestion period that is of around 5 minutes! They are known to nest in trees, in forks at the end of a branch, and it’s observed that there is no nesting period for the species. The mother bird is often observed to lay two eggs, and once hatched, the chicks are said to feed on caterpillars.
The Ceylon paradise flycatcher (Terpsiphone paradisi ceylonensis), also known as the Sri Lanka paradise flycatcher is a subspecies of the Indian paradise flycatcher. It is a resident subspecies and remains in Sri Lanka throughout the year, its typical habitat being the understory of dry lowland forest. It also occurs in gardens and dry hilly areas, and moves to other parts of the island outside the breeding season. The birds have black heads and chestnut upper parts, and the male has a black crest, and a much longer tail than the female.
The Ceylon paradise flycatcher flits about in the lower parts of woodland, feeding on insects which it catches in flight. It breeds between April and July, the cup-shaped nest being built of fine grasses and rootlets, bound together with spider's web, a few metres off the ground. Two or three reddish-brown speckled eggs are laid.
The Oriental magpie-robin (Copsychus saularis) is a small passerine bird that was formerly classed as a member of the thrush family Turdidae, but now considered an Old World flycatcher. They are distinctive black and white birds with a long tail that is held upright as they forage on the ground or perch conspicuously. Occurring across most of the Indian subcontinent and parts of Southeast Asia, they are common birds in urban gardens as well as forests. They are particularly well known for their songs and were once popular as cagebirds.
Very common breeding resident of gardens, cultivations and scrublands of all zones. It avoids deep forests. Oriental Magpie Robin feeds mainly on insect, hopping on the ground solitary or in pairs. But vegetable foods such as rice, bread and etc thrown out of the houses are also taken. It is active even after dusk and territorial call of the male can be heard again before sunrise often uttered from a top of tall tree or a lamppost. Fierce combats between males occur occasionally. Main breeding season is from March to September and the nest is a mass of grasses in a tree hole.
Loten's sunbird (Cinnyris lotenius), also known as the long-billed sunbird or maroon-breasted sunbird, is a sunbird endemic to peninsular India and Sri Lanka. Named after Joan Gideon Loten, who was the Dutch governor of colonial Ceylon, it is very similar to the purple sunbird that is found in the same areas and also tends to hover at flowers for nectar, but can be distinguished by the longer bill, the maroon band on the breast and brownish wings. Like other sunbirds, it is also insectivorous and builds characteristic hanging nests.
The green-billed coucal (Centropus chlororhynchos) is a member of the cuckoos. It is endemic to Sri Lanka's wet zone and listed as Vulnerable on the IUCN Red List, as the small population declined due to forest destruction and fragmentation. It inhabits the tall rainforests of southwest Sri Lanka and nests in bushes. Its typical clutch is 2–3 eggs.
Common breeding resident of home gardens, cultivations, scrublands, forest edges of wet zone and dry forests throughout the island. It is a ground feeder and food consist of almost any animal which is small enough to tackle such as snails, lizards, insects, frogs, small snakes, eggs and nestlings of birds etc. It hunts solitarily or as pairs. It appear to be pair for life time and when feeding keep contacts with each other with call which sound like hoop oop oop .... Breeding season is from February to September and again from October to December. It lays two or three eggs in a domed nest concealed in deep cover in thorny bushes or crown of a palm.
Understand what is meant by a Pioneering project in Scouting
Acquire the basic skills necessary to do a Pioneering project
Show the skills in constructing the three basic structures necessary in Scout Pioneering projects (i.e. Tripod, Trestle, ‘A’ frame).
Should have actively taken part in building camp gateways, camp utility gadgets, etc. at camps, District rallies etc.
Pioneering is the art of using ropes and wooden spars joined by lashings and knots to create a structure. Pioneering can be used for constructing small items such as camp gadgets up to larger structures such as bridges and towers. These may be recreational, decorative, or functional
The fundamental for pioneering is Determination. If you are well determined about pioneering you will work hard to achieve better progress. With the introduction aforementioned you must be 100% sure of your lashings.
Practice the basic lashing skills : You can practice your lashings at home getting two spars(broomsticks) and a rope. Practice until you can lash with your eyes closed.
Do not repeat the wrong process, always proceed with the correct process in lashing
Have a competition between your patrol members to time your lashing
Request to do a pioneering project in the PLC
Create your own idea and get it approved and checked with the help of a Senior and rechecked with an Instructor
Calculations and estimations are a must to do a pioneering project. Brush up trigonometry and other theories which can come in-handy.
Before you proceed to make a pioneering project, draw your plan with measurements and build a scale with toothpicks to check the design and the flaws
Browse the ideas online and get a good knowledge on the structures which are in the internet, check for flaws and adjust accordingly
Make use of pulley systems and other techniques
Aerial runways
Ballistae
Benches
Bridges
Camp gadgets
Camp gateways
Catapults
Chairs
Chippewa Kitchens
Dressers
Ferris Wheel
Flagpoles
Merry-Go-Rounds
Rafts
See Saws
Swing Sets
Swinging Ships
Tables
Towers
Trebuchets
A list of Documents are attached for your reference
Tripod Lashing Knot shows the two side legs spreading apart from each other instead of crossing. The method shown in the animation is preferred because the legs bind against each other for greater stability.
Racking Turns: The lashing passes to and fro between the poles like extended figure 8s. This increases the contact between rope and wood and reduces slipping. Such turns are known as Racking turns.
Frapping Turns: The turns surrounding the lashing at right angles exert a tightening effect on the lashing. These turns are known as Frapping Turns.
Options: Some descriptions of the Tripod Lashing Knot start with the center pole extending in the opposite direction from the two side legs. Forming the tripod then twists and tightens the lashing, and can even break it if tied too tightly. A lashing which is too tight or extends for too great a length may either prevent the tripod from being formed or may overload the rope. In this respect the Tripod Lashing differs from other lashings: it is possible to make it too tight! On occasion, trial and error may be required to obtain the correct tension.
The basic 'A' frame is very simple to produce and can provide hours of entertainment. It can be built using staves or full size spars, depending on what you plan to do with it and it only needs three lashings.
Sedan Chair
The Indian Travois
The Scout Transporter
Be able to show your ability about the under mentioned
a) Conventional signs of a map b)Setting a map c) Make a rough map to scale using map making by triangulation (using a compass or otherwise)
A map is a picture of a given area of what the ground looks like from directly above. When undertaking a journey, we need to be able to find our way around competently, sometimes in unfamiliar territory. It is then that we need to be able to use and read maps. The type of map required will depend upon the journey or destination.
A simple sketch map is maybe all that is required to find a room or building, or it may be a road map which helps you plan long distance routes across a whole country. There are also town maps and Ordnance Survey maps. All maps are drawn to a scale which means that a defined length on the map equates to a real length on the ground, for example one cm = one km.
When travelling by road it is important that maps show routes clearly. One purpose of these maps is to show easily the type of road that you are either on, or wish to be on. It may be a straight, wide road like a motorway which will allow many miles to be travelled at high speed or it could be a narrow, winding road that twists through villages and towns. All recognised routes in the United Kingdom have a number. For example, motorways are numbered M1 upwards. Other major roads carry the prefix letter A and then more minor roads are prefixed with the letter B and so on. On a road map, these different classes of road are differentiated by colour. At crossroads and major intersections, signposts state not only the place but the road numbers as well. A motorist reading from a road map can read the number easily and quickly on the signpost. A map will also show you whether the roads will take you through built up areas or whether there is another route, a by-pass or the possibility of enjoying a more scenic journey.
A town map concentrates on important buildings and other features in the town as well as the streets and roads. Due to the amount of detail, the features might be numbered, in which case you would refer to a key at the bottom or side of the map. Much more detail, including all the street names, might be placed in a separate key in alphabetical order and this might include a reference to enable you to locate a point of interest on the map. In this case, the map will be divided into squares (or grids) with letters along the bottom and numbers up the sides. In the example below, the Police Station on the map would have the reference A8 in the key.
Ordnance Survey produce very detailed maps which are the most commonly used for hiking and expedition type activities. They show all features including footpaths, hills, valleys, water courses, railway lines, built up areas and so on. Thin orange-brown lines called contour lines on these maps indicate the height of the land above sea page 2 of 6 level and their shape indicates the shape of the land itself. Lines drawn close together indicate that the land rises or falls (that is gains or loses height) rapidly, while contours spaced more widely apart show that the slope, either up or down, is more gentle. Each contour will have its height above sea level printed on it at intervals so it is easy to decide if the ground is rising or falling.
Map symbols are the signs or diagrams shown on a map to indicate physical features. A list or 'key' of what these symbols mean is given at the same point on or in the map for identification. A number of the more common map symbols are shown below. These will be consistent on all modern O.S. maps but they might vary on other sorts of map, so it will be worth checking that on the map you are using that the symbol means what you think it does!
Participate in our mapping sessions for more information
Attached Survey Department Map manual is for your reference
This section is updated as of 24/4/2024, referenced from the Compass, Mapping & Hiking Guidebook by Colombo District Programme Team - Provided by Mr. Irshad Razak Zonal ADC
Map scale refers to the relationship or ratio between distance on a map and the corresponding distance on the ground.
Examples for different Scales
1:50,000
1:25,000
1:12,500
Convert both sides to cms and treat both sides as cms
Convert both sides to cms and treat both sides as cms
Convert both sides to cms and treat both sides as cms
Know how to maintain and safely use LP gas cookers. Know about the dangers and safety precautions to be taken when using them. Know the uses of the following types of fire places1)Altar Fire 2)Star fire 3)Tripod fire 4)Crane Fire 5)Reflector fire 6)Trench fire
Purchase your cylinder from Total’s authorized distributors to ensure you are getting product of genuine quality.
Check that the seal and safety cap are intact and confirm the date on cylinder to ensure it is within the tested period
Ensure that the cylinder is carried in the upright position to the desired place and not dragged or rolled as it can damage the cylinder.
Place the LPG cylinder vertically on a stable surface and ensure that the area is well-ventilated.
It is recommended to use regulators purchased from Total’s authorized distributors which conform to the safety standards and comply with the statutory norms and safety guidelines. The size of the pressure regulators issued by the government oil companies differ from that of the private companies and therefore are not interchangeable.
Do not spray chemicals or other flammable solutions near the open flame.
Do not leave the utensil unattended while cooking on LPG to avoid spillage on burner.
Avoid keeping paper or plastic products near the flame as they can catch fire.
Don’t use a cloth to grip the vessel kept on the stove as it may catch fire. Instead, use a pair of kitchen tongs or fire-resistant mitts.
Do not store any chemicals/acids near the cylinder on the floor.
Never tamper with the hose, valve pin or the regulator.
Check the LPG hose regularly for any signs of wear and tear.
Avoid curtains, blinds or any other flammable objects near the stove which can catch fire.
Do not keep any electric appliances or cables near the stove. Most appliances release constant heat/sparks that can be dangerous if kept near the burner.
Retain the safety cap with the nylon thread attached to it and replace the regulator with the cap when the cylinder is not in use for a long period.
IN CASE OF LEAK
Do not use the gas stove in case you suspect a leak. Switch off the regulator and burner knob and open the kitchen windows.
Turn off the main power supply from outside
Since LPG is a heavier than air, it tends to settle towards the bottom of the floor so use all ventilations possible to disperse the gas
Put off all flames, incense sticks and lamps and do not switch on or off any electrical switches/appliances
Contact your authorized distributor
In case of a fire, inform the fire brigade services immediately – Dial 119/ 0112 422 222
Blue flame vs yellow flame color is a question of complete combustion vs incomplete combustion. LPG (propane) and natural gas (methane) flame colour are both blue. A blue flame color and temperature means complete combustion. Red flames or yellow gas flame color may be a sign of incomplete combustion, wasted gas and a serious safety hazard. Blue flame vs orange flame, blue flame vs red flames and blue flame vs yellow flame are all the incomplete combustion issue.
Blue flames are good.
Red flames and yellow gas flames... not so much...
Blue flame vs red flames is an issue of safety, proper combustion and saving gas.
Gas normally burns with a blue flame but sometimes it burns with yellow or red flames when there is a problem.
If you starved the Bunsen burner of air, the combustion process was incomplete and the gas flame colour burned as sooty yellow or red flames and at a cooler temperature.
A blue flame indicates complete combustion of the carbon, which is why you see a blue flame with gas appliances. Propane is a hydrocarbon, containing carbon atoms. A blue flame is indicative of complete combustion vs a yellow flame or orange flame.
The yellow or red flames are due to incandescence of very fine soot particles that are produced in the flame.
This type of red flames only burns at around 1,000 °C.
Depending on the lighting, you may have actually seen the soot rising from the flame.
What you didn't see was that incomplete combustion was also producing dangerous carbon monoxide.
When comparing different gases, you will discover that they required different amounts of air for complete combustion.
A blue flame means complete combustion of the gas. With complete combustion, LPG (Propane) burns with a blue flame. Pure hydrocarbons like methane (refined natural gas), propane, butane and ethane gases also burn with a blue flame. These gases are all alkanes and are gas that burns with a blue flame.
These gases come from raw natural gas processing and oil refining.
An LPG burns with a blue flame at a temperature of around 1,980°C.
If you had a chance to use a Bunsen burner, you know how adjusting the air (oxygen) supply affects the colour and temperature of the flame.
When you adjusted the Bunsen burner to increase the air supply you got more complete combustion, less soot, a higher temperature and a blue flame colour.
A yellow or red flames on gas stove is dangerous, as it is indicative of incomplete combustion and carbon monoxide (CO) generation. A gas cooker yellow flame is a dangerous safety problem, if it occurs with an indoor appliance like a gas stove. You could also be wasting gas.
A gas cooker yellow flame means you should schedule a gas stove service as soon as possible.
This is all due to the holes in the gas burner blocked with carbon. You can safely remove the burners and clear the holes with a safety pins and get/clear the carbon out. This is the normal procedure done in Scouting.
The Altar Fire (or alter fire) in its simplest form is a fire that is built on a structure raising it off of the ground. If built traditionally this would be made out of crossed green logs in cabin style, with a flat surface on top that is covered in a thick layer of mud to act as an insulator so the wood frame doesn’t catch fire.
It would be easy to think this is simply to avoid leaning down over a camp fire to create a better ergonomic cooking arrangement, this is true, but often not the reason it is primarily done. The Alter Fire is what needs to be built when you are cooking in areas with peat, wet ground such as mud or marshes, and sometimes even snow.
Modern versions of this include lashed frames, steel frames and even raised split drums have been known to carry this name.
Assess the location. If the ground is not suitable to lighting a fire directly on it then an alter fire is required. As this type of fire is high above the ground it is more susceptible to wind so a location with a natural windblock would be ideal. As always consider the surroundings for fire hazards, wind direction and similar.
Create the base. Once the size of the fire is known then wet logs of that size must be gathered for the stand. Construct the base in a stable crisis cross fashion. It is critical for safety that this structure is stable, so groves where the logs cross may be required to insure it doesn’t move or slip. At about waist height, build a flat platform, this can easily be done by laying a series of evenly sized logs across the upper most part of the frame. Cover the flat platform with a layer of thick mud at least 2 inches / 5cm thick. Clay soil works best, sandy solid should be avoided.
Lay the fire. Once the base building is completed, lay the fire of choice like a Log Cabin Fire or a Tepee Fire.
Light the fire. Light the alter fire and tend as required for you intended dish.
Maintaining the fire. The fire needs to be continually maintained as it could become dangerous if part of the fire was to fall off the altar, or worse the whole altar was to fail.
Extinguishing the fire. It is essential that this fire is completely out every time you have finished cooking with it. When finished at the location it will need to be dismantled. Do not leave until it is fully extinguished and cool to the touch otherwise it can re-ignite.
A star fire, or Indian fire, is the fire design often depicted as the campfire of the old West. Imagine five or six logs laid out like the spokes of a wheel (star shaped). A fire is started at the "hub" and each log is pushed towards the center as the ends are consumed. It's another fire that can be kept burning all night long with little maintenance.
The most common fireplace for everyone, widely used across the world .
Does keep you warm and easy to tend
The tripod can be used as an improvised smoke house for smoking game meat or animal hides, to help preserve them. This fireplace can be commonly seen in outdoors and in winter to make stew
3 hiking staffs for tripod legs
10-foot lashing rope (or 20 feet of binder twine folded in half) for tripod lashing
Cooking pot with a bail handle
5 feet of cord to suspend the pot over the fire from the top of the tripod
This crane offers a number of different cooking heights and will not bend in the slightest even with the heaviest pot attached. I have though learned to take the pot off the arm with this one before changing the height.
The arm of the crane can be set high or low (and ranges in between) and if set up correctly the upright can be easily rotated to swing your pot away from the fire.
The reflector fire essentially is the fire of your choice then a wall erected on one side to reflect back the heat to create a hotter cook area. This method is often used if trying to cook something like a cake or similar on an open fire. It is far more successful if you use a reflector oven.
The more common, non-cooking, use for this fire is in overnight survival scenarios where there is a fire with the reflector on one side, and a protected shelter on the other side, thus maximizing the warming heat on the person trying to endure the cold night.
Assess the location.The heat reflection is maximised if the wind is completely removed, thus it is best to place the reflector wall on the upwind side of the fire so it also acts as a windbreak. The fire itself should be far enough way that the reflector won’t catch fire, but close enough that it reflects the heat. As always consider the surroundings for fire hazards, wind direction and similar.
Mark out the base. Decide on the method for securing the two supporting uprights, this can be done either by knocking them into the ground securely, confident they won’t fall, or building a frame and supporting it with another stick. This second method also provides the option of adjusting the angle of the reflector as needed.
Lay the fire. Any fire choice will work, however the one most often associated with this design is a hunters fire that runs perpendicular to the reflector wall. This also acts as a wind block for to additional directions of wind.
Light the fire. Light the fire and tend as required for you intended dish. Adjust the reflector wall if possible to the angle that creates the heat distribution as needed.
Maintaining the fire. The fire is maintained as per a normal fire to meet the needs of the recipe that you are cooking.
Extinguishing the fire. When finished with fire extinguish it carefully. Do not leave until it is fully extinguished and cool to the touch otherwise it can re-ignite.
In an open field, the trench fireplace is safer than an above-the-ground fireplace on a windy day. Mark off the trench with your camp spade, one spade width wide. Dig it enough spade widths long to make room for your utensils. Remove the sod in turfs and take proper care of them. Widen the windward end to catch a good draft. (replace the sod after the site has cooled completely)
The trench fire is ideal for a small group at the same camp site for a number of nights to cook on, such as a long weekend family or scout patrol camp. This fire style is accommodating to windy areas as it keeps the fire tucked below ground level and the dirt removed from the trench can also be used as an additional windbreak. The fire however does require firm soil that can be easily dug and hold its shape, thus rocky and sandy grounds are not suitable.
A trench fire is good for cooking multi pot meals including boiling, grilling, frying and braising.
Assess the location. As a hole needs to be dug ensure that you are allowed to do that at the location you are using. Check the ground, if it is too rocky it will be difficult to dig the hole, if it is too sandy the trench won’t be able to hold its shape and will fail. As always take into account the surroundings for fire hazards, wind direction and similar. (read more on fire location)
Mark out the trench. The narrow end of the trench should be the leading edge towards the prevailing wind during the main meal cooking time (wind direction can shift throughout the day), this will help assure a proper draft. If you don’t have or wish to use a rack or green sticks, then the trench must be wide enough for your pots and pans to sit stably while cooking. If you are using a rack or green sticks the easy option is to go the width of the spade you are using to dig the trench.
Dig the trench. Remove the top layer of vegetation carefully especially if there is grass or similar, this is normally done to just below the roots; about 5cm (2 inches). This can be replaced when you are finished with the site. Typically, a trench fire is not a box shaped trench like for a coffin, although there is nothing wrong if you choose to do it this way. A trench fire is on a slope with the shallow end up wind, leading down to the deep end. The shallow end is about 10cm (4 inches) deep with the deep end being about 30 cm (1 foot) deep.
Light the fire. The fire is positioned in the middle of the trench and set to burn, when it is well established the fire can be split with the good coals going to the shallow end for grilling and similar with the fresh fire running at the deeper end producing flames for boiling and fresh coals that can be shuffled to the shallow end as required.
Maintaining the fire. The fresh wood is fed into the deep end of the trench where there is more space and a large gap between fire and pots. As this burns down the coals are continually shifted to the shallow end if you are planning to cook there. As this is in the ground there is a slightly limited air supply compared to a fire on the ground so try not to compound this by adding too much wood which could starve the fire of oxygen. Try to always leave a small gap between the center of the fire and the far edge of the trench. Some people recommend the exact opposite of this, feed at shallow end; cook at deep end; do what works for you.
Extinguishing the fire. The fire can be left to burn out when cooking is completed or the ashes and wood can be spread out across the base of the trench then gently put out with water as per standard practice. When cold the dirt can be returned to the hole followed by the carefully positioned grass layer. There may be a slight bulge to the ground due to the loosening of the soil but this will settle over time.
Be able to use safely, and maintain the under mentioned tools. Hand axe, knife, hammer, mallet, etc.
Tools are particularly important in construction work. Tools are often classified as hand tools and power tools. Hand tools include all non-powered tools, such as hammers and pliers. Hand tools include a wide range of tools, from axes to wrenches. Power tools, in general, are more dangerous than hand tools, because the power of the tool is increased.
Axes are versatile and useful tools. Axes can be used for felling trees or splitting wood, while hatchets can be used for trimming small branches and making kindling, but they need to be used properly. Here are some guidelines for their safe use.
Use the right tool for the job. Axes should be used with two hands. Hatchets can be used one-handed for smaller jobs.
Remove any hazards from your work area. Ensure it is on level ground and that your striking area is free of rocks.
Set up a safe area to use the tools. The perimeter of your work area should be the length of your arm combined with the length of the tool. This is called the “blood zone” – only the person using the axe should be in this area. Mark the area off with rope or flags.
Always position your body so that you are not in the direct path of your swing.
Always swing in a controlled, well-balanced manner.
For axes and hatchets, inspect the handles before use for any damage and looseness in the head.
Never use a dull blade. Always make sure your axe or hatchet is sharp. Use a chopping block so that you don’t hit the ground or a rock with the blade.
Don’t unsheathe your axe or hatchet until you are ready to use it. Cover it back up when done.
When carrying an axe, hold it with the blade pointing down toward the ground. If on a long hike, securely lash it to your backpack.
An axe with a blunt edge becomes no more than an inefficient hammer, and indeed a great deal more dangerous as you struggle to use it. Always keep your axe sharp. For large 'burrs' a file is probably your best bet. Make sure you use the file correctly though, it will only work in one direction, it works when pushed, not pulled.
To sharpen your axe prop the axehead between a log and a peg driven into the ground. Always try to sharpen inwards from the cutting edge (to avoid producing any burrs). First use a file or rough stone to remove any burrs and rucks. Then finish with a smoother stone, using a circular motion. Don't drag the stone off the cutting edge, push on to the blade. Turn the axe over and repeat the process, circling in the opposite direction.
However we are unable to find sharpening stones everywhere we go , but if you are frequently using the axe you may need a sharpening stone. You can sharpen your axe with a rock (Granite Stone). Here is a video for your reference
Many do not know the proper way to chop down a tree with an axe. If you take many camping or hiking trips, melanoma it would be very beneficial to learn this very important skill just in case of a bug out situation. Extremely-Sharp is here to show you the correct and simple method on how to chop a tree down. Grab your axe and let’s get to work!
IMPORTANT!! Let’s assume you’re chopping down a small tree that’s 12 feet tall and a trunk with a diameter between 12 to 20 inches. You want to choose a small tree when starting. Large trees require proper safety equipment.
First, dysentery find a tree that isn’t rotten or dried out. (If a tree looks to be twisted, hemophilia leave it alone. It’s drying up and branches could come down and seriously hurt you.) Next, determine which direction you want the tree to fall. Make sure you choose a path where it falls completely to the ground and not on other obstructions.
Chop the tree at an downward angle (about 60º) then at an upward chop (about 30º). Your goal is to create a notch in between the tree. (See picture below) Once you have a deep cut that’s about halfway in the tree, start chopping directly behind the tree but slightly above the initial cut. Create a smaller notch than the first. This will help cause the tree to fall forward and not in any other angle.
For a large log, as before, stand behind the log with your feet well apart. Swing down the cut the side away from you. Do not chop downwards. If you wish to split a smaller log, lay it against another log. Do not put your foot on it. There is an alternative to this though, hold the smaller log against the cutting edge and bring them both down together on to a larger log.
If in doubt, or if you have any difficulty, split larger logs with a wedge and a rock. Do not hold the wood upright in your hand and try to split with an axe. When chopping branches from a large log, always stand on the side away from the axe. Always cut branches from the outside of the fork, not the inside.
Never attempt to repair an axe handle.
Never use any axe that has a damaged or split handle
A sharp blade can be a useful tool when setting up camp, fishing or cooking. It can also be dangerous when used carelessly.
Some big no-no’s:
Throwing a knife
Using a dull or dirty blade
Handing a knife to someone blade first
Cutting while others are within your “safety circle” (arm’s length)
Carrying an open pocket knife
Carving into something that doesn’t belong to you
Cutting toward your body
Treating pocket knives with respect and using them accordingly not only ensures the Scout’s safety but also keeps others safe.
This is by far the most common knife used in scouting. This knife usually contains a variety of tools that fold into the handle. The main blade of a pocket knife ranges from 2 to 4 inches in length. The pocket knife is named due to its compact size and can be carried in pant pockets or in a sheath that fits on a belt. Most pocket knifes have a “Slip Joint” which means that the blade does not lock, but, is held in place by a spring device that allows the blade to open and close if a certain amount of pressure is applied.
The Buck knife typically contains a single blade knife up to 4inches in length which folds into the handle and contains a locking mechanism. The buck knife is usually too large to fit into a pocket and should be carried in a sheath that attaches to the belt. Most buck knifes have a “Locking mechanism” which means that the blade will lock in place when folded into the handle or fully opened. The lock is typically triggered by a pressure pad on the knife handle.
Most cutting tasks in the kitchen are achievable with a good chef’s knife. That said, a blade that’s designed specifically for a purpose can bring more ease and precision to the cut. The right knives will encourage you to prep food with confidence and creativity: you’ll be free of worries about how best to approach a cut. This knife is common in camps when preparing food.
Knifes should be kept sharp, clean and in good working order. Any part of a knife that is loose should be considered a hazard. A sharp knife will cut easily and have less chance of slipping.
A knife should be kept clean and free or rust.
After each use the user should clean the knife of all debris and periodically apply a light coat of oil in order to protect the knife from moisture and that the ‘slip joint’ move freely.
Store the knife in a sheath to protect it from accidental damage and from outside elements
Only personnel who are authorized in knife use may use a knife or supervise others in using knives
The knife is an important survival tool and it must be treated with respect in that it should be kept sharp, clean and in good working order
A knife should never be left unattended (see Knife Log for Scouts Own)
A knife should only be used for outdoor skills use or whittling activities.
It should never be thrown
It should never be used in a threatening manner such as pointing or waving it at another person
Knives are not to be used inside a tent area
A knife should be cleaned after use
A knife should placed in its sheath when not in use
Do not run or play games with a knife
Hold the knife blade when passing the knife to someone else.
When your knife blade has a reflection on its cutting edge and/or it doesn’t cut through wood easily, then it is likely that the cutting edge has dulled and it needs sharpening.
You can make your own sharpening stone. Follow this tutorial
A wide range of Hammers are available, varying in shape, size and weight. The different styles reflect different uses. Around the house, the average diy'er only really needs one or two type.
The shape of Hammer heads has not changed much over the years although some modern materials are now used in both the head and handle. Traditionally handle were made of wood fixed through a hole in the head; this allowed the handle to be easily replaced if required. Modern hammers use modern materials and the handles are often built into the head - often with a form of built-in shock absorber to make them easier to use.
Claw Hammer
Ball Plein
Cross and Straight Pein
Club Hammer
Sledge Hammer
Use the right hammer for the job. Don’t upholster a couch with a sledge hammer or drive drywall nails with a tack hammer. You won’t get the job done right, and you might end up injuring yourself.
Don’t strike a hardened steel surface with a steel claw hammer. Flying metal chips can injure you or a bystander.
Never use a hammer with a loose or broken handle. The hammer head could come flying off while in use. If you don’t want to explain to your wife why grandma’s china cabinet is in a million pieces, replace the handle if it’s loose or cracked.
Never use a hammer with a chipped or cracked head. It’s an accident waiting to happen.
Where to hold the hammer. Hold the hammer like you’re shaking hands with somebody. When you need more control over the hammer, like when you’re starting a nail, grip the hammer closer to the hammer head. When you need power, grip the hammer near the handle’s end.
Starting the nail. Place the nail where you want to drive it and hold it between the thumb and forefinger of your non-dominant hand. Place your fingers near the top of the nail when holding it. If you hold the nail near the bottom, a missed hammer swing will crush your fingers between the wood and the hammer. Not a pleasant feeling.
Grip the hammer near the middle of the handle. Tap the nail lightly until the nail has sunk into the wood enough that it can stand on its own.
If you’re driving in nails that are too small to hold between your thumb and forefinger, use this handyman tip: Grab a piece of thin cardboard or thick paper and push the nail through it. Instead of holding onto the nail, you hold onto the cardboard. Remove the cardboard before you finish driving the nail.
For some hardwoods, it’s a good idea to drill a pilot hole before you hammer in a nail. It makes the job easier and prevents the wood from splitting.
Preventing wood splitting. In addition to creating a pilot hole and blunting the nail will also keep the wood from splitting. To blunt a nail, simply tap the nail point with your hammer. Also, avoid hammering a nail into the grain of the wood.
Swing from the elbow for power; swing from the wrist for control. For maximum power and efficiency, swing from the elbow. When you need more control and finesse, swing from the wrist. Many hammer newbies try to hammer with just wrist action.
Focus on the nail, not the hammer. When hammering, you want to avoid sideways and glancing blows. To score a direct hit every time, focus on the nail head, not the hammer.
Let the weight of the hammer do the majority of the work. You don’t need to use every ounce of strength in your body when hammering. That will only lead to wild swings and bent nails. The weight of the hammer head plus your smooth swing provides enough force to get the job done.
Claw hammers are designed to remove nails. Simply slide the claw underneath the nail head. Pull the hammer’s handle towards you to extract the nail. Here’s an old trick from grandpa to help you pull nails: Stop the first pull back before the hammer’s poll touches the surface of the wood. Place a wood block under the hammer head to provide some leverage. Using the block puts less strain on the hammer’s handle and allows you to lift the nail straight up without bending it.
Some nail heads are too small for the tongs of the hammer to grasp. To deal with such nails, hammers are sometimes made with a small v-shaped notch in one of the prongs. If yours lacks this feature, you can simply file a v-shaped notch into one of the claws with a metal file.
Safety comes first! Use safety gloves, goggles and equipment according to the work you are going to be doing.
Every Scout should be familiar with tools and should practice maintaining the equipment being responsible.
Each one of the below methods needs to result in a height measurement in meters, and the input into some of these methods needs to be distances and heights in meters or centimetres. Scouts are hardly likely to carry around a ruler or tape measure, so each scout should know some of the physical dimensions of their own body to attain this, such as:
The width of the thumb in mm.
The span of the outstretched hand in cm.
The length of the forearm in cm.
The length of ones pace in cm.
Ones height in m.
An average man's measure:
Nail joint of forefinger, or breadth of thumb : 1 inch
Span of thumb and forefinger: 8 inches
Span of thumb and little finger : 9 inches
Wrist to elbow (this also gives you the length of your foot) : 10 inches
Elbow to tip of forefinger (called "cubit") : 17 inches
Middle of kneecap to ground : 18 inches
Pulse beats about 75 times a minute. Each beat is a little quicker than a second.
The knowledge of these measurements above is an important prerequisite to most these height estimation methods below. Without them, accurate height determination is not easily attainable.
This is quite a useful skill for a Scout during pioneering projects, camping or going on an adventure trip. After learning all these skills, he will be able to estimate the height of a tree, building or even a specific distance. It is also one of the tests conducted at the King Scouts' Standardization.
This is a great method of height estimation when the ground is level and the object for which you need to determine the height is fairly upright and perpendicular to the ground.
From the object measure a distance of 9 units along the ground. The units can be anything, paces, stave lengths, meters or even the height of one of your scouts.
Place an upright stave in the ground at the 9 unit distance.
Mark a point in the ground, 1 further unit back, using the same unit that you used to measure the 9 units from the object.
At the point that you have just marked on the ground, place your eye as close as possible to the ground and look up at the top of the object.
Ask a fellow scout to put a finger on the stave and move it up or down on the stave until your eye, the finger and the top of the object are in line.
Once they are in line measure the distance to the ground from the scout's finger, Height A in the diagram above.
The height of the object is 10 times what you have measured in Height A.
Note: You may have to adjust the size of the unit you choose, to obtain an easy determination of the object height.
This method is most probably the easiest and quickest method, but also the least accurate. Perhaps you can figure out why?
Look for a straight stick the same length as your straightened arm.
Hold the stick up in a perpendicular position at the end of your extended arm as per the diagram.
While holding this pose, step backwards away from the object whose height needs to be determined until you eye, the top of the stick and the top of the object are in line.
The height of the object is then determined by your distance from the tree.
Have a friend whose height you know stand beside a tree, or tie a ribbon around the tree at your own height. Step back and hold a pencil or a stick at arm's length in front of you. With one eye closed, sight over the stick so that the top of it appears to touch the ribbon or your friend's head. Place your thumbnail on the stick where it seems to touch the base of the tree. Now move the stick up to see how many times this measurement goes into the height of the tree. Multiply that number by the height of your friend or the ribbon, and you will know the height of the tree. You can also use this method to measure buildings, waterfalls, and walls.
This method is a quick and fairly accurate method of determining the height of an object. Best used when the object of which height you need to determine is some distance away.
Diagram
Holding a stick upright on an extended arm, as in the diagram, align your eye, the bottom of the stick and the bottom of the object, as well as your eye, the top stick and the top of the object. You may need to adjust the length of the stick and your distance to the object to accomplish this.
Once you have done this, turn your arm through 90°, maintaining the alignment between your eye, the bottom of the stick and the bottom of the object.
Then ask one of your scout colleagues, to stand at a right angle relative to your position with the object, and distance themself from the tree, such that there is alignment between your eye, the top of the now horizontal stick and their position.
The distance between the scout and the object is now equal to the height of the object, x in the diagram above.
Note: What one is reproducing here is the length of the object, tree in this case, if it had been felled and is now laying on the ground.
The method can be used only if the sun is able to cast a shadow. First is we measure the shadow cast by the tree (from the base of the tree to the shadow of it's top), we label this length as AB. We then measure the shadow cast by someone or an object of known height, we label this as CD.
We merely solve the unknown height by use of proportions, by equating:
From the foot of the object you are to measure pace eleven (11) units, we label it distance AB. A unit can be any number of paces, so if we say our unit is five paces then 11 units is equivalent to 55 paces. Place something to mark the point B. From B take one more unit forward, this is distance BC. From location C lie down on the ground such that your eyes are close to the ground as possible. Sight the tree with the marker on B in your line of sight. Note where your line of sight cuts the marker to the tip of the tree. That spot is labelled as D. The distance of BD in inches is the estimated height of tree in feet.
This method will give you the relative height from your current altitude and is useful for more distant and very high objects. To use this method you need to know the horizontal or map distance to the object. This one can usually get from a map. For example on a 1:50 000 map, 2cm on the map equals 1 horizontal kilometre on the ground. This method requires the use of a calculator or a mobile phone, the latter of which most scouts nowadays carry.
This method requires a scout to adapt a compass to function as a clinometer as in the diagram above.
After achieving the alignment as indicated in the diagram, as close to the ground as practical, read off the angle where the string crossed the compass dial.
Subtract 90° from the angle, and find the trigonometric tangent of the resultant angle and multiply it by the actual horizontal distance to the object. i.e TAN( Read angle - 90° ) X horizontal distance to the object.
The answer will be the height of the object relative to your own height/altitude.
Stand on one shore of a stream. Bow your head, chin against your chest. Hold your hand to your forehead in a salute. Move your hand down until the front edge of it seems to touch the opposite shore. Without changing the position of your hand, make a quarter turn. Notice the point at which the edge of your hand seems to touch the near shore. Pace off the distance to that point, and you will know the width of the river. Napoleon might have used the brim of this hat instead of his hand. If you are wearing a cap with a visor, so can you.
Select an object on the opposite side of the river, such as a tree and we mark it as A. Mark the point directly in front of the object on the opposite side of the river, mark it as point B. Take at least 50 paces to point C, so as to form line BC. Note that line BC should be perpendicular to line AB. Mark point C with a stick or another person. Again, pace another distance to point D. The distance CD is half the distance of BC. From point D, pace another distance to point E. Line DE is parallel to line AB. Point E is marked on a location wherein you can see point C forming a straight line with point A. Meaning when you look at the stick on point C. it somewhat blocks your line of sight to point A. The distance AB is twice the distance DE. AB = DE x 2. We can alter the method a bit. Instead of having distance CD half the distance between BC, we can make it equal to each other. Do the same method to find point E. Using this alternative, AB=DE. This is more accurate.
Locate an object on the other side of a river. Stand on your side and point the direction-of-travel arrow towards the object. Align the magnetic needle to 45O indicator of the compass housing. Pace the line BC while pointing the direction-of-travel arrow towards the object all the time. Point C is marked when the compass is oriented (magnetic needle is directly above the orienteering arrow). The distance BC is a rough estimate of distance AC. You have just formed a 45-45-90 triangle, which has two of its sides equal to each other.
The first step to weigh the package is to determine the referenced weight in grams or in kilogrammes as measure unit that you have in your house. If possible these objects should already have the weigh written on it. For example, a 1 kg pack of sugar.
This will help you to compare the object to the package in order to determine the weight. Try to have several references to have as many references as possible.
You can make a scale. This is a basic lever-word problem.
In order to solve it by this means, however, you will need to use some tools. The accuracy of your answer depends on the accuracy of these tools.
You must have an object whose weight you know.
You must have an accurate ruler.
A straight stiff beam to use as a balance beam.
A fulcrum that allows the beam to balance freely.
Here's a sketch of the set-up
Here's how you solve the problem using a known weight for reference:
Multiply known weight by the distance from the fulcrum (d1)
Divide that amount by the distance from the fulcrum to the unknown weight (d2).
Thus,
Draw a rough sketch map of the area within one K.M. radius from your home and mark not less than 10 important places
Know the Highway Code as indicated in the rules put out by the Department of Motor Traffic and know how to follow them.
Mainly because it keeps people safe. If everyone follows the code then pedestrians, cyclists, motorcyclists, horse riders and drivers stay safe and avoid accidents. It means that everyone has the same rules to follow, basically.
Hopefully this has cleared a few things up about the Highway Code and what it entails. It’s important that you know the Highway Code to avoid accidents and, as some of it is law, penalties and potential fines or disqualification.
There are 4 types of regulatory signs
Prohibitory Signs;
Restrictive Signs;
Mandatory Signs;
Priority Signs;
A Prohibitory Sign shall convey to drivers of vehicles an order of prohibition prevailing on a road or a section of a road.
A Restrictive Sign shall convey to drivers of vehicles a restriction applicable to the use of a road or a section of a road or removal or cancellation of such restriction.
A Mandatory Sign shall convey to drivers of vehicles a compulsory order to be followed
A Priority Sign shall convey to road users the priority that shall be given to other road users, applicable to certain situations or to latter road users the priority that shall be given to them by the former road users applicable to such situation or that such priority ends.
Complete Motor Traffic Act PDF is attached and can be downloaded for your reference
If any of these laws are broken or misconducted, you will be warned, fined and mostly your license will be confiscated or cancelled.
Be able to write or explain the Mission statement of the World Scout Organisation.
Scouting provides young people with opportunities to participate in programmes, events, activities and projects that contribute to their growth as active citizens. Through these initiatives, young people become agents of positive change who inspire others to take action.
"By 2023 Scouting will be the world’s leading educational youth movement, enabling 100 million young people to be active citizens creating positive change in their communities and in the world based on shared values." The Vision for Scouting, Vision 2023, was adopted at the 40th World Scout Conference in Ljubljana, Slovenia in 2014.
Basic knowledge on word processing and spreadsheets
Discuss with the Scout Leader about the safety precautions that should be taken when using the internet, and about the etiquette when using the internet
A Word processor is a computer program that provides for input, editing, formatting, and output of text. It includes some additional features such as creating, editing, saving, and printing documents.
Word Processing Softwares are available on all devices (Web, Mobile, Desktop/Laptop) as well as on all Operating Systems (IOS, MacOS, Windows, Linux)
Microsoft Office: Word
WPS Office
Open Office
Google Docs
MIcrosoft Office: Word
Collabio
Strike
Google Docs
IA Writer
Microsoft Office: Word
Google Docs
Apps on both markets
You can type very easily using a word processor. Word processor provides you with many features to create a document so that you can type any type of document. Word processor gives you more features in typing anything than typewriter-like - word processor has unlimited pages. You keep typing and as soon as the first page is over, the word processor lets you type on the new page. While you are typing on the typewriter, you have to enter another page as soon as the page ends. Everything you type in the word processor is visible to you so that you can also correct it if the wrong word is typed. But there is no such facility in the typewriter that you can correct the wrong word.
Copy is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can copy any text. The copy feature is there in all types of word processors. With the use of copy features, you can use the same text multiple times in the document without writing it, which saves you time as well.
The cut is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can cut any text in the document. The cut feature is completely different from the copy feature. For example, by using the copy feature, the copied text is in both the places in the document, such as - from where you copied your text and where you pasted the text, while the cut text is removed from the part of the document where The text is cut from.
The paste is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can paste any copied or cut text on any part of the document. Any text is copied or cut only for pasting.
Multimedia is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you make your document more attractive. Using multimedia features, you can insert multimedia in your document like - clip art, charts, images, pictures, video, etc.
Text formatting is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can make your document more beautiful. Using text formatting features, you can change the font of the text of your document, the size of the text, and the color of the text and you can also bold, italicize, and underline your text.
Spelling and Grammar is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can check the spelling and grammar errors of the document.
Adjusting the layout is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can modify the margins, size, and layout of the document according to your need.
Find is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can find any word or sentence in the document. This feature helps you a lot, just imagine if your document is 100 to 150 pages. If you have to find any word or sentence, then it will take you a lot of time, but you can find that word or sentence in a few seconds using the find features.
Search and Replace is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can find any word or sentence in the document and replace that word with a new word using the replace feature. If your document is 100 to 500 pages, then imagine how much time and effort it will take to manually replace a word. But using the Search and Replace feature, you can replace any word or sentence with a new word or sentence in a few seconds.
Indentation and lists are also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can add tabs, bullet lists, and number lists to the document so that your document looks more beautiful.
Insert tables is also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can insert tables in the document.
Multiple windows are also a very good feature of a word processor, using which you can open multiple windows in word processor software. This feature is used by people to use more than one-word processors windows at the same time.
In a word processor, you have to press the ctrl and N buttons simultaneously to open more than one window.
AutoCorrect is also a great feature of word processors using which to automatically correct any common errors in your document like - (typing "teh" and having it autocorrected to "the").
Headers and footers are also a great feature of the word processor, using which you can add anything according to your need in the headers and footers of your document like - page numbers, dates, footnotes, etc.
If we want to send the same information to different people at the same time, then there is a feature in the word processor using which we can do that and that feature is named mail merge. Using mail merge, the body of the letter is typed once and it is sent to different addresses.
There are various advantages of word processor software, which are given below.
Quality
Storage of Text
Security
Word processor helps us to create error free documents. Every document prepared through word processor is absolutely correct in spelling and grammar, there is no possibility in it, and word processor allows us to make many copies of the same format.
In word processor we can create of any number of page document and in word processor we can copy any word or sentence any number of times. You can also use it by making some changes in any old word file in the word processor, for which we do not need to create a new word file.
In a word processor, we can secure any document while creating it. As soon as someone opens that document, he asks for password before opening the document, and only after entering the correct password, the document will open.
There are various uses of word processor software, and this word processor are used in different fields which are - education field, planning or business-related works, for making assignments and home, etc.
Memos.
Making Card.
Letter writing
Legal Copies.
Making resume/CV.
Letters and letterhead.
Reference documents.
writing short stories.
A spreadsheet is a computer program that can capture, display and manipulate data arranged in rows and columns. Spreadsheets are one of the most popular tools available with personal computers.
A spreadsheet is generally designed to hold numerical data and short text strings. In a spreadsheet program, spaces that hold items of data are called spreadsheet cells. These can be renamed to better reflect the data they hold and can be cross-referenced through row numbers and column letters.
The following are just a few of the features available in most spreadsheet programs.
Cell formatting
Formulas
Under the formula bar, users can perform calculations on the contents of a cell against the contents of another cell. For example, if a person were using the spreadsheet to reconcile transactions, they could highlight all the cells that need to be added up and insert a sum function.
Some commonly used spreadsheet software programs today:
Potential employers or customers don't need to know your personal relationship status or your home address. They do need to know about your expertise and professional background, and how to get in touch with you. You wouldn't hand purely personal information out to strangers individually—don't hand it out to millions of people online.
You wouldn't choose to walk through a dangerous neighborhood—don't visit dangerous neighborhoods online. Cybercriminals use lurid content as bait. They know people are sometimes tempted by dubious content and may let their guard down when searching for it. The Internet's demimonde is filled with hard-to-see pitfalls, where one careless click could expose personal data or infect your device with malware. By resisting the urge, you don't even give the hackers a chance.
Passwords are one of the biggest weak spots in the whole Internet security structure, but there's currently no way around them. And the problem with passwords is that people tend to choose easy ones to remember (such as "password" and "123456"), which are also easy for cyber thieves to guess. Select strong passwords that are harder for cybercriminals to demystify. Password manager software can help you to manage multiple passwords so that you don't forget them. A strong password is one that is unique and complex—at least 15 characters long, mixing letters, numbers and special characters.
Any time you make a purchase online, you need to provide credit card or bank account information—just what cybercriminals are most eager to get their hands on. Only supply this information to sites that provide secure, encrypted connections.You can identify secure sites by looking for an address that starts with https: (the S stands for secure) rather than simply http: They may also be marked by a padlock icon next to the address bar.
The Internet does not have a delete key, as that young candidate in New Hampshire found out. Any comment or image you post online may stay online forever because removing the original (say, from Twitter) does not remove any copies that other people made. There is no way for you to "take back" a remark you wish you hadn't made, or get rid of that embarrassing selfie you took at a party. Don't put anything online that you wouldn't want your mom or a prospective employer to see.
People you meet online are not always who they claim to be. Indeed, they may not even be real.Fake social media profiles are a popular way for hackers to cozy up to unwary Web users and pick their cyber pockets. Be as cautious and sensible in your online social life as you are in your in-person social life.
Internet security software cannot protect against every threat, but it will detect and remove most malware—though you should make sure it's to date. Be sure to stay current with your operating system's updates and updates to applications you use. They provide a vital layer of security.
Keep these 10 basic Internet safety rules in mind and you'll avoid many of the nasty surprises that lurk online for the careless.
Be able to help a lost child by calling his/her parents
How do you tell someone if you are in trouble (what, where, when, how many, other relevant conditions)
Know the Emergency Ambulance number, the Emergency Police number and the Fire Rescue Service number
The Scout Should be Aware of the School Emergency Procedures
Handling Emergency Situations at Home
Be able to explain comprehensively with examples what risky behavior is, and what could be done to prevent risky behavior by other Scouts in the Troop
You may not think your actions have much of an impact on your community as a whole, but they can. Choose a public health issue close to your heart and find a way to promote it in your local community. Here are a few ideas to get you started on making your community a better place to live!
Emergency notification message templates maximize the effect of your emergency preparedness plan.
Critical situations have no schedule. We do not know when they will arise or in what form. The world is unpredictable and at one point or another, there will be a need for emergency communications and alerts. You must be prepared with a plan you can implement quickly and with minimal chance of error. It is crucial to have a well-communicated plan in place should critical situations happen, with everyone involved educated and informed of the emergency communications plan ahead of time.
Communication and information are essential tools in getting people to safety and minimizing the effects of critical situations. The speed and accuracy of information are vital components in determining the effectiveness of communications. Crises like an unplanned outage, active shooter, or inclement weather all require the dissemination of accurate information at a moment’s notice. The success of your emergency response depends heavily on your preparation. If you have planned correctly, the execution of your response will be quick with minimal chance for error
When Reporting any Emergency
Stay Calm
If you hear a busy signal continue to dial 119 until you get through
Answer all questions asked of you some of which may be
Provide your location as specifically as possible
Street address
Building Name
Floor
Room Number
Provide your telephone number in-case it is necessary to contact you again
Provide a thorough description of the incident to assure appropriate resources are assigned
Herewith attached a PDF of an emergency guide for your reference
If a lockdown is initiated by STPS, please move into the nearest secure room, close and lock or barricade the door, shut off the lights, close any blinds on windows, silence phones and stay quiet.
Consider three things: Do I run, fight, or hide?
Quickly determine the most reasonable way to protect your own life. Remember that other students and visitors to campus are likely to follow the lead of employees and knowledgeable students during an active shooter situation.
Your response in a shooting
Please note that such incidents are highly unpredictable and your response will depend on the exact circumstances. Your first priority is to have an "out" strategy. If you can do so safely, leave the building or area immediately, via door, window or emergency exit. Move away from the immediate path of danger, and take the following steps:
Notify anyone you may encounter that they should leave the building or area immediately.
Get to a safe area away from the danger, and take protective cover. Stay there until assistance arrives.
Call 119, providing dispatchers your name, the location of the incident (be as specific as possible), the number of shooters (if known), identification or description of the shooter or shooters, the number of persons who may be involved, your exact location, and information about wounds and injuries to anyone, if known.
If you are not immediately affected by the situation, take protective cover, staying away from windows and doors until notified otherwise.
If you are directly involved in an incident and cannot leave the building:
Go to the nearest room or office, close and lock the door, turn off the lights and seek protective cover. If possible barricade the door. Students should scatter when in the same room, rather than huddle in a corner, which can provide an easy target for a shooter.
Keep quiet, act as if no one is in the room, and do not answer the door.
If possible, pull the fire alarm to alert authorities to an emergency situation.
If you have a cell phone at hand and if it is safe to do so, notify 119, providing dispatchers with as much pertinent information as possible.
Wait for police officials to assist you out of the building.
Avoid attempting to drive from the scene. Transportation will be arranged/provided, if deemed necessary. Once the event is contained, retrieval of vehicles and personal belongings will be facilitated by law enforcement.
Things to Remember
Remain calm, use common sense, and provide aid. Take time to think before acting.
Always evacuate the building immediately when you hear an audible alarm or see a visible alarm, when directed by authorities or college staff, or when the building becomes life-threatening, e.g., smelling natural gas.
Proceed to the emergency gathering point for further instructions.
Do not use the telephone or a cell phone for reasons other than emergency purposes.
Do not enter elevators during an emergency. If stuck in an elevator do not attempt to force open stalled elevator doors, use the emergency phone to contact Human Resources.
Know the location of all marked exits from your working area.
Medical emergencies
Summon help by dialing 119 to report the illness or injury.
Provide the level of first aid for which you are trained and equipped.
Whenever possible, have someone meet the ambulance or Safety Officer at a clearly visible location to quickly direct them to the injured person.
Never put yourself at risk to help the injured or ill person.
Whenever possible, have someone accompany the injured or ill person to the emergency care facility.
Inform Human Resources and Student Affairs personnel about the incident to assure proper documentation and investigation of the incident are performed.
Fire emergencies
Know where the fire alarm pull stations are and how to activate them.
Know your evacuation routes and keep them clear at all times.
Never use the elevator to evacuate.
Always evacuate the building immediately when the fire alarm sounds.
If fire or smoke is detected:
Activate the building alarm system.
Evacuate the building moving a distance of at least 200 feet from the building. Check your building evacuation plan to determine your gathering point.
If there is no alarm system, notify others as you leave the building by shouting “fire” and knocking on doors.
If possible, close doors and windows as you leave to prevent the fire’s spread.
If there is smoke in the area, get down on the floor and crawl out of the building.
Feel all doors before opening them. If a door is hot, don’t open it. Move to a second exit, or if one is not available, stay there and try to open a window for fresh air.
Open doors slowly. If you encounter smoke, close the door quickly and stay in the room. Call 119 and give your location. Try to do something to help identify your location from the outside of the building.
Never try to fight a fire alone unless it is required to exit the building.
Learn the 5R method in environment conservation, collect data on that and be able to explain about it verbally.
Refuse - Unnecessary wrappings, leaflets, plastic bags etc.
Repair - Clothes, electrical items, etc.
Reduce - Waste, buy only things that you really need
Reuse - Purchase second hand things, give away things that you would not use etc.
Recycle - whenever possible buy only things that you could recycle, recycle whenever possible
As consumers and individuals, we often feel that there is little we can personally do to change the world for the better. The problems we face globally can be so large and overwhelming that we become paralysed. We forget that we all have the power to improve things and no one is too small or insignificant to make a difference.
Every journey begins with a single step, and the route to sustainability is no different. The key is to identify the small things we can do (or not do) to reduce our impact on our planet and on other people. It is not always easy, however, to work out what exactly we can do. Thinking about five simple words can help us work out whether we are moving in the right direction.
A great place to begin when you are starting out towards a more eco-friendly way of life is with the five 'R's:
Refuse
Reduce
Reuse
Repair
Recycle
The first stage in moving towards a zero-waste lifestyle involves withdrawing our support for damaging systems, and not accepting items that we do not need, or which will pose a waste problem at the end of their useful lives.
For example, we can do our part and move in the right direction by:
Refusing to buy food or other items in plastic/ non-recyclable packaging wherever possible.
Opting for natural, organic, local produce (even growing our own where possible) and refusing heavily processed and packaged foods.
Choosing natural, biodegradable options rather than synthetic/plastic/ composite items when it comes to clothing, household goods, etc..
Opting not to buy any synthetic materials that are not recycled (where plastic/ synthetic materials are required).
Refusing plastic straws, cutlery, plastic bags, and other disposable plastic items when out and about.
Opting for online banking etc. rather than receiving paper mail, and reducing junk mail wherever possible.
It is important to remember that by refusing items, we can affect change. The power of the consumer can encourage companies to reduce/ improve their packaging, for example. Removing your support for damaging systems can help to curtail wasteful practices.
Certain items, such as re-useable, natural fabric shopping bags, reusable drinks bottles and reusable (non-plastic) picnic/ food containers can make it easier for us to refuse damaging items and prevent waste.
The next thing to do is to consider how, in general, you might be able to reduce the amount that you purchase and consume. Before buying anything new at all it is very important to consider whether or not you really need that item at all. As well as thinking carefully, other steps that you could take to reduce consumption might include:
Growing at least some of your own food.
Making your own cleaning and beauty products, rather than buying endless toiletries and cleaning products in plastic bottles.
Learn practical skills that allow you to create things yourself from scratch, rather than buying new things. For example, gardening, cooking, preserving, sewing, knitting, woodwork, metalwork etc..
Prioritizing quality over quantity (and choosing long-lasting, durable items for your home).
The rest of the 'r's outlined below will also help you reduce, in general, the amount that you consume and the quantity of stuff that comes into your household.
Remember, the less you bring into your home in the first place, the less likely you are to generate waste. The less waste you generate, the less negative impact you will have on the world around you.
Reuse is, perhaps, the most important element in moving towards a more sustainable lifestyle. First of all, it involves using and reusing any items that we do buy for as long as possible – extending their useful lives for as long as we can. It can also involve:
Upcycling/ reusing food packing in your home and garden.
Restoring/ upcycling old furniture and other household belongings to give them a new lease of life.
Choosing second-hand items rather than new ones – for example, second-hand clothing. And swapping or donating our own clothing and other items that we no longer want or need.
Reusing old fabrics/ clothing to make new clothing or soft furnishings, or, when they are no longer suitable for this, making scraps useful again by, for example, using them as cleaning rags.
Choosing and using reclaimed materials to build and finish homes.
What we can reuse, we can keep out of the waste stream, so these things will not be placing a burden on the environment, and could even help you to go greener in other ways.
Here's an activity lead by the Scouts of Interact Club in S. Thomas Preparatory School
Reused Plastic with G-Cubes
Another important element in living a zero-waste lifestyle is making sure that we do not fall into the trap of disposing of something that is broken before we make an attempt to fix it. Of course, there will always be things that cannot easily be fixed by an amateur. Electronics are one obvious example.
There are, however, plenty of things that end up in landfills each year that could easily have been repaired. A mentioned above, old items can be swapped or sold, or turned into something new. But sometimes keeping something from becoming waste is as simple as making a small repair. Moving towards a sustainable lifestyle is sometimes about learning some new skills that will allow you to keep things going for longer.
Anything that we cannot refuse, reduce, reuse, or repair, we should be able to recycle. Recycling alone cannot solve the planet's waste problem. First off, there are plenty of things that cannot be, or are not usually commercially recycled. It is not enough to simply sort our recycling and leave it by the kerb. If we really want to move to a zero-waste lifestyle, we have to pay more attention to what comes into our homes in the first place, rather than just what leaves it and where it goes.
Unfortunately, commercial recycling can, itself, be a rather wasteful process. It can require large amounts of energy and sometimes water. With plastic, it cannot usually be done indefinitely. Once it has been recycled and downgraded once or twice, most plastic will still end up as a waste problem. While recycling can be part of the solution to the global waste crisis, it is most definitely only a small part of the puzzle.
That said, cleaning, sorting and recycling waste that you cannot refuse, reduce, reuse or repair out of existence will also be important in moving to a sustainable lifestyle. In addition to taking advantage of commercial/ community recycling schemes in your area, it is also important to recycle at home.
The most important form or recycling you can do at home is composting, which involves turning kitchen scraps, paper, card and organic matter from your garden into a valuable material that will allow you to return nutrients to the soil and complete the natural cycles. You might also make your own recycled paper using scraps of paper and card. However, you may also be able to recycle at home in other ways.
Following the five 'R's of sustainability is easy. But it is not essential to get it all sorted overnight. Like any company trying to move towards sustainability, as an individual, you will also be following a process. Real and lasting change does not happen overnight. But by thinking about the five 'R's, you can gradually take small and simple steps to change your life for the better. You can move away from damaging systems and towards a brighter, greener future. Many people begin their journey toward sustainability by looking at recycling. But recycling is only ever part of the picture. It is only one of the five 'R's. It is only when we follow all five together that we can really work our way out of the mess we are in and move towards a solution that works for the people and the planet.
More Activity resources can be found
The different shape and position of the wattles and the stouter orange-red bill distinguish this species from the , which also occurs in Sri Lankan forests. This is the only Hill Mynah that lacks wattles (loose folds of skin) on the sides of face.
The full album of the Scale model can be accessed from
Complete information about the flames from
To Learn more about Camping fireplaces visit
"The Mission of Scouting is to contribute to the education of young people, through a value system based on the Scout Promise and Law, to help build a better world where people are self-fulfilled as individuals and play a constructive role in society." The Mission was adopted at the 35th World Scout Conference in Durban, South Africa in 1999. Illustrating both the local and global impact of Scouting, the Mission of Scouting has been captured in World Scouting’s as "Creating a Better World”.
Make sure keep in touch with site for updates and changes to policies
With the use of this software, you can do many things, whose names are given below.
Within the spreadsheet, selected cells can be formatted to represent various numeric values. For example, financial data can be given accounting formatting, which will apply places and commas to represent dollars and cents.
as part of the Microsoft Office suite and cloud-based subscription service (formally Office 365). It is available for Windows, macOS, Android and iOS.
: Part of Google's web-based application suite, Google Workspace. Google Sheets is free and also available as a desktop application for Google Chrome OS and assorted mobile OSes, such as Android and iOS.
Marketers love to know all about you, and so do hackers. Both can learn a lot from your browsing and social media usage. But you can take charge of your information. As noted by , both web browsers and mobile operating systems have settings available to protect your privacy online. Major websites like also have privacy-enhancing settings available. These settings are sometimes (deliberately) hard to find because companies want your personal information for its marketing value. Make sure you have enabled these privacy safeguards, and keep them enabled.
When you go online in a public place, for example by using a public Wi-Fi connection, notes you have no direct control over its security. Corporate cybersecurity experts worry about "endpoints"—the places where a private network connects to the outside world. Your vulnerable endpoint is your local Internet connection. Make sure your device is secure, and when in doubt, wait for a better time (i.e., until you're able to connect to a secure Wi-Fi network) before providing information such as your bank account number.
To further improve your Internet browsing safety, use secure VPN connection (virtual private network ). VPN enables you to have a secure connection between your device and an Internet server that no one can monitor or access the data that you’re exchanging. Read more about
A top goal of cybercriminals is to trick you into downloading malware—programs or apps that carry malware or try to steal information. This malware can be disguised as an app: anything from a popular game to something that checks traffic or the weather. As , don't download apps that look suspicious or come from a site you don't trust.
Complete link :
Police Emergency Hotline
118 / 119
Ambulance / Fire & rescue
110/1990
Accident Service-General Hospital-Colombo
011-2691111
Tourist Police
011-2421052
Police Emergency
011-2433333
Government Information Center
1919
Report Crimes
011-2691500
Emergency Police Mobile Squad
011-5717171
Fire & Ambulance Service
011-2422222
Introduce a new member to the Scout Movement
Take part in a week- end camp (with the Patrol or Troop) of at least two nights and enter the camp Log in your log book
Complete at least 09 months of training after completing the Scout Award.
The Scout should start work after 11 years and 03 months and after completing the Scout Award.
Once you are done with a requirement, do not hesitate to get it signed by your Patrol Leader/Seniors or the Scout Master/Group Scout Master
Age Group: from 14 years and 06 months to 18 years
If a boy/girl has joined Scouting as a Senior Scout, he/she will have to complete the Scout Membership badge and then get invested, and complete all the other Awards as for the Junior Scouts, but with the Senior proficiency badges, prior to starting the work for the Efficiency Decoration.
Construct 20 simple sentences using other two languages (from Sinhala, Tamil and English) other than the Scout’s own
This should be the last test to be completed for this Award.
Hike route contains approximately 22Km’s.
The full responsibility of this hike is with the District Commissioner. The District Commissioner may get the help of ADC (Programme) and in a situation of his/her unavailability, may get the help of any ADC / DSL or the Scout Leader holding the Wood Badge.
The hike route and the introductions must be given to the scout in written by the DC or ADC appointed by him/her.
Scout should complete all the requirements in Chief Commissioner’s Award, and this should be last requirement in Chief Commissioner’s Award.
Scout should report to the respective Area ADC after obtaining recommendation from respective Scout Leader.
Only one helper can take part along with the hiker: both the hiker and the helper should be qualified to take part in this hike.
Both scouts may take this test together, but the reports should be submitted separately. I
In a scenario of unavailability of qualified helper, next senior or the same age scout could be used to assist the hike.
Written permission letters to be obtained from parents of both hiker & helper, Scout Leader, Group Scout Leader or the School Authorities and the DC or ADC appointed by him/her.
The night should be spent in the tent. Dinner and breakfast should be prepared by the participants.
The verbal permission should be obtained from the authorities before pitching the tent for night stay.
Scout should convey his gratitude towards the authorities, when leaving the campsite. Mandatory clean-ups should be done before leaving the campsite. Campsite should be handed over without any damage or harm to the environment.
Scout should cook Rice & three varieties of curries and vegetables for dinner. Strictly noodles prohibited for dinner.
Scout should pour tea in the morning and has to cook Roti with Sambol or Milk-rice or any type of grains for the breakfast.
Hike should be started earliest as possible in the early morning. Early morning 7.00 a.m. is preferable.
Only two Scouts who are qualified to do this hike should take part.
Both Scouts may take this test together but should submit separate hike Reports.
Hike route must be drawn in standard format and the scale must be 1:25,000 (4cms - 1km)
And the report should be submitted to the examiner within two weeks of completing the hike. The scout should debrief to the examiner while handing over the hike report.
Certify every Kilometer, at least every two kilometers.
In situations where two Scouts trying to pass this test are not available another Scout of same age could be used to assist the Scout passing.
It is the duty of the District Commissioner to make sure that proper written instructions are given for the hike & to make sure that all necessary permission for the hike is obtained
The night should be spent in the tent and dinner and breakfast should be prepared by the participants
The hike report with map should be submitted to the examiner within two weeks of completing the hike. 22
You may, if you have the facility, compare your map with a map that you can download from Google maps, and make the necessary corrections prior to Presenting to the examiner. Please understand that YOU HAVE TO MAKE YOUR OWN MAP USING THE COMPASS. You may only make necessary corrections as required using Google Maps.
The Hike must be completed only after finishing all the other requirements including Proficiency Badges
One Any Other Badge (from Practical Science/Camp Craft/Explorer groups or Better World Framework; Seaman and Airman groups for Sea Scouts and Air Scouts, respectively)
When you have completed all the requirements you need to inform your Scout Master. He will facilitate you with the necessary proceedings.
If a Scout starts work on this Award as a Junior Scout and completed the Award as a Senior Scout, any relevant Junior badges done as a Junior Scout would be accepted as qualifying badges.(i.e. some Scouts might have done Junior as well as Senior Badges , depending on his age when he did those badges).
Should complete before 18 years of age. Could complete only after 12 years and 2 months. If still a Junior Scout can do all other junior Badges if he wants after completing the D.C.’s Award
You will need to ensure these before informing the Scout Master
Completed Daily/Camp Logs
Have all the Proficiency Badge chits/Scout Award Badge chit that you completed in a sperate file or pasted in the Log book
No blank pages in-between logs or notes
Completion of Proficiency Badges according to the requirements aforementioned
After Scout Master checks all the requirements a badge chit is given to you. You have to make an appointment with the District Commissioner and go for the interview with the obtained badge chit
Preparing for the hike;
An Exercise book or blank pages with the below mentioned formatted columns to log
A compass
Full Uniform
Permission letters from parents consenting Scout to go on the hike after getting DC's approval to go on the hike
Informing Scout Master of the hike dates
Contact numbers saved in your phone (DC's contact number, Emergency contact numbers, accompanying Scout's parent contact number and Scout Master's contact number)
Backpack with utensils to prepare 2 meals (Dinner and Breakfast)
A Tent (2 Men)
A camera or a mobile phone with a camera to take photographs
First Aid kit
Water bottle
It is most recommended to pack light and choose light utensils which you can put inside another utensil.
Important things you should keep in your mind
Not to take busses or any other transport methods unless you are instructed to do so in your hike instructions
Always stick to your route in the instructions
Follow Highway code and work according to the Scout Law
If you are in need of snacks, always go to a reputed store like P&S, or a reputed bakery.
Do not take lifts from anyone
Do not accept anything from strangers unless the person/persons can be trusted
Log your route and get necessary signatures according to the Hike instructions
Ask permission to spend the night from the landlord(According to the place you are staying)
Make sure you reach your destination to spend the night before getting dark
Pitch the tent first before starting to make dinner
Make sure you make dinner for the landlord as well (1 person)
Make sure you inform on arrival to the campgrounds and when leaving the campgrounds
Take photographs as per instructions also
Few snaps of yourself
Meals you prepare and when preparing
Pitched Tent
Special places with historical values (If mentioned in the Hike Instructions)
Before you pitch the tent and after you unpitched the tent
A picture with the landlord
You will need to Draw the map when submitting the report. The scale is 1:25,000 (4cms = 1Km)
Make sure you draw it in a A3 paper or equivalent paper according to DC's hike instructions
You can mark the distance of 1KM using a thread and reusing the marked thread as a distance ruler when drawing the map
It is advisable that you draw using a Pencil (A drawing pencil and use BLOCK LETTERS
to name.
The Map should be drawn according to the Guidelines using the appropriate symbols, colors
All the highway roads & Main Roads should be in 2mm width
Sub road should be 0.5mm in width
You are not required to sketch all the sub roads
The map should contain the Legend, Scale, North clearly
Minimum age to start – 11 years and 03 months
Earliest age of completion – 12 years
Minimum training period – 09 months
Should complete before 18 years
Interviewer – Zonal ADC/ADC nominated by District Commissioner
Know how to give First Aid in following situations. Shock, Fainting, Bleeding from the nose, stings and bites, minor cuts, Burns, scalding, drowning, control of sudden fire, electric shock,
The heat beat of an average human is 72-80 beats per minute
When treating a patient you as the first aider must remain calm and decisive
Always call for help as first aid is only a temporary solution to the problem
Always asses the emergency situation before rushing in
Always asses yourself in accordance to the situation
Identify yourself as a first aider before taking any action
Make sure the patient is safe and calm
Educate the professionals such as the medics or the doctors on the situation and what treatment you administered
In an emergency, take leadership as a first aider
Shock can in a way, can classified as a dangerous condition that has in many instances, lead to death. This condition comes with almost all kinds of injuries.
Allergy
Fear
Pain
High Fever
Some people can go into shock more easily then others. Usually a person suffering from shock becomes instantaneously unconscious. Lay him down immediately on the floor, put his head to one side and keep him warm. Also make sure that his feet are higher then his head. Call immediately for help.
Bleeding is usually minor in nature but can sometimes impose serious threat if a large vein or artery has been injured.
External Bleeding
Amputation
Crush injury
Nose Bleed
Abrasion (Graze)
Punture wound
Internal Bleeding
Generally, bleeding is of a minor nature and includes small cuts, grazes, etc.
However, bleeding may be severe and life threatening if a large vein or artery has been injured – e.g. the jugular vein in the neck.
Some wounds are associated with other injuries beneath the skin – e.g. an organ injured by a stabbing; broken bones which have pierced the skin.
Symptoms and signs – Not all may be present
a wound with, or without, an embedded foreign object
pain from skin surface wounds
bruising or discolouration of the skin
loss of normal function in the injured area
pale, cold, sweaty skin
How you can help
1. Apply direct pressure to the bleeding wound
Apply firm pressure over the wound. Use a sterile or clean bulky pad and apply it firmly with hand pressure. Apply a bandage to keep the dressing in place.
If bleeding is severe, DO NOT waste time looking for suitable padding, but be prepared to use the patient’s hand or your hand to hold the wound together if the patient is unable to do this unaided.
2. Raise the injured area
If the wound is on a limb, raise it in a supported position to reduce blood flow to the injured area.
If an arm is injured, you could apply an arm sling or elevation sling.
Try to avoid any direct contact with the patient’s blood or other body fluids. Use disposable gloves if possible. If gloves are not available, place your hands inside a plastic bag.
If there has been any contact with blood or any other body fluids, wash your hands or any blood splashed on the skin thoroughly with soap and water as soon as possible after the incident.
If you are concerned about a possible risk of infection, obtain advice from your doctor as soon as possible.
3. If a foreign body is embedded in the wound
DO NOT remove it but apply padding on either side of the object and build it up to avoid pressure on the foreign body.
Hold the padding firmly in place with a roller bandage or folded triangular bandage applied in a criss-cross method to avoid pressure on the object.
4. Keep the patient at total rest
Even if the injury involves the arm or upper part of the body, the patient should rest in a position of greatest comfort for at least 10 minutes to help control the bleeding.
5. Seek medical assistance
If the wound appears to be minor and the patient is able to travel by car, arrange an urgent appointment with a local doctor to assess and treat the injury.
If the injury is severe or the patient is very unwell – call 1990 for an ambulance as soon as possible.
While waiting for an ambulance to arrive, observe the patient closely for any change in condition.
6. If blood leaks through the pressure pad and bandage
Apply a second pad over the first. Use a tea towel or similar bulky fabric and apply maximum pressure to the area.
For major uncontrolled bleeding quickly remove the blood-soaked pad and bandage and replace with a fresh bulky pad and bandage. The continuing bleeding may be due to the pad slipping out of position when the first bandage was applied.
How you can help
Call 1990 for an ambulance.
1. Control any bleeding
Use a bulky pad and apply it firmly to the bleeding area. Raise if possible.
2. Recover the severed part
If possible, gently place it into a plastic bag. Seal the bag with a little air inside to protect the severed part with a ‘cushion’ of air.
Place the inflated bag into a container or bucket of cold water to which several ice cubes have been added.
Ensure the severed part is transferred to hospital with the patient.
Background
A crush injury occurs from compression of large muscle groups and soft tissues by a heavy weight. The most serious sites for a crush injury to occur are the head, neck, chest, abdomen and thigh.
How you can help
Call 1990 for an ambulance.
1. Remove the crushing force
Remove the crushing force if possible because permanent tissue damage may occur with severe crushing force.
If the crushing force has been in place for some time, be prepared to give prompt first aid, because removal of the crushing force may cause a sudden collapse or deterioration in the patient’s condition.
2. Treat the patient’s injuries
Assess and treat any injuries in order of their importance.
Control any bleeding with a sterile pad applied firmly to the injured area.
Assist the patient into the position of greatest comfort and use soft padding to provide support for the injured part.
If a limb is involved, support and immobilise the injured area.
While waiting for the ambulance to arrive, observe the patient closely for any change in condition.
Background
A blow to the nose, flying at high altitude, or scuba diving may all cause a bleeding nose.
For a child, always check whether there is a foreign body present – e.g. a bead or coin. If this has occurred, seek prompt medical advice and DO NOT try to remove the object yourself because this may cause further damage.
If bleeding is due to a head injury – e.g. a fractured skull – call 111 for an ambulance urgently.
How you can help
1. Apply firm pressure, elevation and rest
The patient needs to hold the head well forward and breathe through the mouth while pinching the entire soft part of the nose for 10 to 20 minutes.
The patient must be sitting down and at total rest until the bleeding stops.
Apply firm pressure, elevation and rest
If bleeding continues after 20 minutes of pressure, continue the pressure and call for an ambulance.
A cold compress can be used.
2. Once the bleeding has stopped
Tell the patient not to blow their nose for a few hours because this may restart the bleeding.
How you can help
Gently clean with soapy water or saline. If there are pieces of gravel embedded in the wound, ask the patient to try to remove them while the area is soaking in soapy water.
Dry the area well by blotting with gauze swabs or a pad of tissues.
If a protective dressing is necessary, apply a non-adherent sterile dressing and fix it in place with a light roller bandage or tape.
How you can help
Clean the wound with warm soapy water and allow it to penetrate the puncture track because tetanus spores may be trapped deep in the wound.
Allow the wound to dry thoroughly in the air before covering it.
If a protective dressing is needed, use a porous adhesive dressing and change it daily to keep the wound healthy and dry.
Contact a local doctor for advice about tetanus immunisation.
Background
Internal bleeding is often difficult for the first aider to recognize. This type of bleeding can occur without an obvious wound and can be very serious as it is difficult to stop without surgical intervention.
Internal bleeding occurs when blood vessels within the body are ruptured and blood escapes out of the circulatory system. It may follow such incidents as a blow to the head, chest, or abdomen due to a fall or being struck by a vehicle. Internal bleeding should be suspected when blood is seen in vomit, urine, sputum or faeces.
Symptoms and signs – Not all may be present
rapid and ‘gasping’ breaths
increasing thirst
frothy red blood coughed up from the lungs, blood-stained vomit like ‘coffee grounds’, red or rust-coloured urine, or dark faeces like tar
pale, cold, sweaty skin
How you can help
Place the patient at total rest
Assist the patient into the position of greatest comfort.
Cover the patient with a blanket to maintain body heat.
Place protective fabric underneath the patient if the surface is rough, cold or hot – e.g. a coat if the patient is lying on a road.
Call 1990 for an ambulance.
While waiting for the ambulance
Manage any other injuries.
Ensure that all restrictive clothing has been loosened, especially at the neck and waist.
Keep any bystanders clear.
Reassure the patient.
DO NOT allow the patient to eat, drink or smoke.
Bites are made by an animal jaw or mouth parts – e.g. a dog or spider. A venomous animal uses stinging apparatus combined with the injection of venom – e.g. jellyfish, bee or wasp.
Symptoms and signs – Not all may be present
pain
swelling of the bite or sting area
discolouration of the affected area
altered sensation – e.g. numbness or ‘pins and needles’
nausea or vomiting
headache
blurred or double vision
muscle weakness or paralysis
breathing difficulty
Katipo or red-back spider bites spider may cause pain and illness to a baby or small child, but are not a threat to life in normal circumstances.
Antivenom is available in some hospitals but is rarely needed.
White-tailed spider bites may be very painful but do not cause ulceration of the skin as commonly feared.
1. Apply cold treatment
Wash the bitten area well to remove any remaining venom from the skin.
Keep the patient still to reduce the toxic effects of the venom.
Apply a wrapped ice pack for up to 10 minutes at a time, or a cold compress that has been soaked in water to which a few ice cubes have been added. An ice pack should be wrapped in a damp cloth to get the best effect from the ice and to avoid burning the skin. A cold compress should be changed whenever it becomes warm.
2. Raise a bitten limb
If the bite is on a limb, raise it to limit swelling.
If an arm or hand is involved, apply an elevation sling to provide comfort and support.
3. Seek medical advice
Seek prompt medical advice if the patient is a baby or young child.
If the pain becomes severe or the patient becomes ill with a fever, headache, nausea or vomiting – call 1990 for an ambulance.
Bees have only one stinging barb that is left in the skin following the incident. The venom sac is attached to the barb and continues to inject venom until it is empty. For this reason the barb should be removed as soon as possible (see below). How the barb is removed is not important.
Wasps do not leave a detached barb in the skin but inflict multiple stings, thus increasing the amount of venom injected. The danger with bee and wasp stings is that stings around the mouth, throat or face can swell and cause airway obstruction. Also, some people have an allergic reaction to bee venom and may collapse within 2 or 3 minutes after a sting, requiring resuscitation and urgent medical treatment.
How you can help
1. Remove the barb
If stung by a bee, immediately brush, pluck or scrape the barb off the skin to stop any more venom being injected. How the barb is removed is less important than removing the barb quickly.
2. Apply cold treatment
Immediately apply a wrapped ice pack and leave it in place for up to 10 minutes. Reapply the ice pack at frequent intervals or whenever pain relief is needed.
3. Raise the bitten area
Raise the bitten area as high as possible to limit the swelling that will occur.
If an arm or hand has been stung, apply an elevation sling to provide comfort and support.
4. Seek medical advice
Contact a local doctor for advice.
If the patient is known to be allergic to the venom – call 1990 for an ambulance and assist the patient with any prescribed treatment.
Observe the patient closely for any change in condition. If any of the warning signs of an allergic reaction appear, send for an ambulance urgently.
The warning signs include:
a fine rash over the trunk
wheezing or coughing
swelling around the face, eyes and neck
Domestic animal bites usually cause an infected wound. Although the wound may be small, medical advice is recommended, and antibiotics are often prescribed and a protective tetanus injection given.
How you can help
1. Control any bleeding
If the wound is bleeding apply a firm pad.
Seek urgent medical advice and treatment.
2. Clean a minor wound thoroughly
Use warm soapy water or a saline solution to clean the wound.
Apply a protective dressing and seek medical advice.
Contact with any source of heat can cause a burn or scald injury. A burn can result from contact with a heat source such as hot metal or electricity, hot liquid or steam. Clothing over the area may retain the heat and cause further injury.
Symptoms and signs – Not all may be present
severe pain
red, peeling or blistered skin (or blackened if caused by electricity)
watery fluid weeping from the injured area
the patient may be pale, cold and sweaty, feeling faint and dizzy, and complaining of nausea or vomiting
swelling of the injured area may appear later
How you can help
1. Remove the heat source from the patient, or the patient from the heat source, whichever is easiest and safest. 2. Cool the injured area
Immediately cool the injured area for a minimum of 20 minutes using cool running water from a tap or shower. In the absence of water use any cool clean fluid such as beer or soft drink.
A first aid burn gel may be applied, but this should be after cooling with water (as above), provided water is available.
If any clothing is wet with hot liquid or affected by a chemical splash, remove it quickly and carefully.
Remove any tight clothing, watches, rings or jewellery from the injured area, if possible, because of the risk of swelling.
If the patient is badly injured, or the burn is causing significant pain, or involves the eyes, or is larger than half the patient’s arm – call 1990 for an ambulance.
See a doctor if the burn is causing ongoing significant pain, or involves the face, hands, joints or genitals.
3. Position patient
If the patient is feeling faint lay them down.
The injured part (depending on the location of the burn) can be placed in a bowl or bucket of cold water if this is easier than pouring water over the burn.
4. Apply a sterile dressing
After cooling the injured area for up to 20 minutes, apply a sterile dressing.
Use a non-adherent dressing or a piece of clean plastic kitchen wrap.
DO NOT break blisters or remove peeled skin.
DO NOT try to remove any fabric that is stuck to a burn.
DO NOT apply creams, ointments, lotions or butter to any burn injury because infection may occur and complicate the injury.
DO NOT place small children or babies in a cold bath or shower for a full 20 minutes, as this can cause hypothermia.
Remember that any substance applied to a burn injury may have to be removed later in hospital and may also delay the healing process.
Avoid using adhesive tape on the skin around the burn because this may cause further tissue damage.
The danger from an electrical shock depends on the type of current, how high the voltage is, how the current traveled through the body, the person's overall health and how quickly the person is treated.
An electrical shock may cause burns, or it may leave no visible mark on the skin. In either case, an electrical current passing through the body can cause internal damage, cardiac arrest or other injury. Under certain circumstances, even a small amount of electricity can be fatal.
A person who has been injured by contact with electricity should be seen by a doctor.
Don't touch the injured person if he or she is still in contact with the electrical current.
Call 1990 or your local emergency number if the source of the burn is a high-voltage wire or lightning. Don't get near high-voltage wires until the power is turned off. Overhead power lines usually aren't insulated. Stay at least 20 feet (about 6 meters) away — farther if wires are jumping and sparking.
Don't move a person with an electrical injury unless he or she is in immediate danger.
Call 1990 or your local emergency number if the injured person experiences:
Severe burns
Confusion
Difficulty breathing
Heart rhythm problems (arrhythmias)
Cardiac arrest
Muscle pain and contractions
Seizures
Loss of consciousness
Take these actions immediately while waiting for medical help:
Turn off the source of electricity, if possible. If not, move the source away from you and the person, using a dry, nonconducting object made of cardboard, plastic or wood.
Begin CPR if the person shows no signs of circulation, such as breathing, coughing or movement.
Try to prevent the injured person from becoming chilled.
Apply a bandage. Cover any burned areas with a sterile gauze bandage, if available, or a clean cloth. Don't use a blanket or towel, because loose fibers can stick to the burns.
Someone is drowning
Notify a lifeguard, if one is close. If not, ask someone to call 119.
If you are alone, follow the steps below.
Take the person out of the water.
Place your ear next to the person's mouth and nose. Do you feel air on your cheek? follow DRABC procedure
Look to see if the person's chest is moving.
Check the person's pulse for 10 seconds.
Carefully place person on back.
For an adult or child, place the heel of one hand on the center of the chest at the nipple line. You can also push with one hand on top of the other. For an infant, place two fingers on the breastbone.
For an adult or child, press down at least 2 inches. Make sure not to press on ribs. For an infant, press down about 1 and 1/2 inches. Make sure not to press on the end of the breastbone.
Do chest compressions only, at the rate of 100-120 per minute or more. Let the chest rise completely between pushes.
Check to see if the person has started breathing.
Note that these instructions are not meant to replace CPR training. Classes are available through the American Red Cross, local hospitals, and other organizations.
If you've been trained in CPR, you can now open the airway by tilting the head back and lifting the chin.
Pinch the nose of the victim closed. Take a normal breath, cover the victim's mouth with yours to create an airtight seal, and then give 2 one-second breaths as you watch for the chest to rise.
Give 2 breaths followed by 30 chest compressions.
Continue this cycle of 30 compressions and 2 breaths until the person starts breathing or emergency help arrives.
Understand the bad effects of anti-social acts. Collect data about this theme from Mass media, and prepare a report according to the Scout Law and Scout Promise and with photographs etc. This report to be of about 2 Nos., A4 size pages
Antisocial behaviour is defined as 'behaviour by a person which causes, or is likely to cause, harassment, alarm or distress to persons not of the same household as the person'
There are three main categories for antisocial behaviour, depending on how many people are affected:
Personal antisocial behaviour is when a person targets a specific individual or group.
Nuisance antisocial behaviour is when a person causes trouble, annoyance or suffering to a community.
Environmental antisocial behaviour is when a person’s actions affect the wider environment, such as public spaces or buildings.
Under these main headings antisocial behaviour falls into one of 13 different types:
Vehicle abandoned: This covers vehicles that appear to have been left by their owner, rather than stolen and abandoned. It includes scrap or ‘end of life’ vehicles and those damaged at the scene of a road traffic collision that have been abandoned and aren’t awaiting recovery.
Vehicle nuisance or inappropriate use: This relates to vehicles being used in acts such as street cruising (driving up and down the street causing annoyance and bothering other road users), vehicle convoys and riding or driving on land other than a road. It also covers the misuse of go-peds, motorised skateboards and electric-propelled cycles, and the unlicensed dealing of vehicles where a person has two or more vehicles on the same road within 500 metres of each other.
Rowdy or inconsiderate behaviour: This refers to general nuisance behaviour in a public place or a place to which the public have access, such as private clubs. It does not include domestic-related behaviour, harassment or public disorder which should be reported as crimes.
Rowdy or nuisance neighbours: This covers any rowdy behaviour or general nuisance caused by neighbours, including boundary and parking disputes. It also covers noise nuisance from parties or playing loud music.
Littering or drugs paraphernalia: This includes fly posting and discarding litter, rubbish or drugs paraphernalia in any public place.
Animal problems: This covers any situation where animals are creating a nuisance or people’s behaviour associated with the use of animals is deemed as antisocial. It includes uncontrolled animals, stray dogs, barking, fouling and intimidation by an animal.
Trespassing: This is any situation in which people have entered land, water or premises without lawful authority or permission. It ranges from taking an unauthorised shortcut through a garden to setting up unauthorised campsites.
Nuisance calls: This covers any type of communication by phone that causes anxiety and annoyance, including silent calls and intrusive ‘cold calling’ from businesses. It does not cover indecent, threatening or offensive behaviour which should be reported as crimes.
Street drinking: This relates to unlicensed drinking in public spaces, where the behaviour of the persons involved is deemed as antisocial. It also covers unplanned and spontaneous parties which encroach on the street.
Prostitution-related activity: This relates to any activity involving prostitution such as loitering, displaying cards or promoting prostitution. It may also refer to activities in and around a brothel that impact on local residents. It does not include ‘kerb-crawling’ which should be reported as a crime.
Nuisance noise: This relates to all incidents of noise nuisance that do not involve neighbours (see ‘Nuisance neighbours’ above).
Begging: This covers anyone begging or asking for charitable donations in a public place, or encouraging a child to do so, without a license. Unlicensed ticket sellers at or near public transport hubs may also fall into this category.
Misuse of fireworks: This will include the inappropriate use of fireworks, the unlawful sale or possession of fireworks and noise created by fireworks.
Continue to maintain your savings account and prove to your Scout Master that there is an increase in your regular savings.
As a young Scout, developing good money-saving habits is not only essential for your personal finances but also teaches valuable life skills. Here's a more descriptive manner to save money:
Set a Budget: Begin by creating a budget that outlines your income (allowance, gifts, or earnings) and your expected expenses. Allocate a portion of your income for savings right from the start.
Save Windfalls: Whenever you receive unexpected money, like birthday gifts or rewards, consider saving a portion of it instead of spending it all at once. This habit will help you build a savings cushion over time.
Prioritize Needs Over Wants: Before making a purchase, ask yourself if it is a genuine necessity or merely a want. Learning to prioritize your needs over wants will help you avoid impulsive spending.
Comparison Shop: When buying items, take the time to compare prices at different stores or online. Look for discounts, promotions, and deals to get the best value for your money.
Bring Snacks: When going on Scout outings or other activities, bring your own homemade snacks and drinks. It's a more cost-effective option than purchasing food at higher prices.
Embrace Eco-Friendly Transportation: Whenever possible, choose to walk, bike, or use public transportation instead of relying on expensive private transportation. Not only is this good for your wallet, but it's also better for the environment.
Utilize Discounts and Coupons: Keep an eye out for discounts and use coupons when shopping for items you need. Many stores offer student or youth discounts, so don't be shy to inquire about them.
Save Spare Change: Collect spare change in a piggy bank or a designated savings jar. You'll be surprised at how quickly these small amounts can add up.
Engage in Low-Cost Activities: Organize low-cost or free activities with your Scout troop, such as camping trips, hiking adventures, or community service projects. These activities can be just as rewarding as more expensive outings.
Develop DIY Skills: Learn do-it-yourself skills to repair or create items instead of buying new ones. Not only is it cost-effective, but it also encourages creativity and resourcefulness.
Open a Savings Account: Consider opening a savings account at a local bank or credit union. Look for one that offers a competitive interest rate to help your savings grow over time.
Limit Entertainment Expenses: Look for free or low-cost entertainment options, like borrowing books from the library, having movie nights at home with friends, or exploring local parks and museums.
Avoid Credit Card Debt: If you have a credit card, use it responsibly and pay off the full balance each month to avoid accruing high-interest charges.
Set Savings Goals: Determine specific savings goals for things you want to buy or experiences you want to have. Having clear goals will motivate you to save more diligently.
Ask for Discounts: Don't be afraid to ask for discounts when making purchases, especially for group activities or when buying in bulk. Many vendors are willing to offer discounts to attract young customers.
It is an international, non-governmental organization, composed of its recognized National Scout Organizations. There are currently 171 National Scout Organizations in the world. In addition to the 171 Member Organizations, local Scouting activities exist in at least another 52 countries and territories worldwide. The role of the NSO is to support and develop Scouting in that country, and facilitate contacts with other NSOs and the World Organization. To become a member of WOSM, NSOs must gain recognition from the World Scout Conference. There can only be one NSO per country. In the case of a country having more than one National Scout Association (NSA), a federation is formed for the purpose of national coordination and world membership.
The most recent member, Afghanistan, joined in 2020. Of the 171 NSO‟s.There are 216 countries where Scouting exists. There are more than 54 million Scouts in the world (2020). There are only 6 countries without Scouting. They are:
There are 38 main territories where Scouting exists, often as overseas branches of member NSOs: Aland Islands, Anguilla, Antarctica, Bermuda, Bonaire-Saint Eustatius and Saba, Bouvet Island, British Indian Ocean Territory, British Virgin Island, Cayman Islands, Christmas Islands, Cocos (Keeling) Islands, Falkland Islands (Malvinas), Faroe Islands, French Guiana, Gibraltar, Greenland, Guadeloupe, Guam, Head Island and McDonald Islands, Martinique, Mayotte, Montserrat, New Caledonia, Norfolk Island, Pitcairn, Réunion, Saint Barthelemy, Saint Helena, Saint Martin, Saint Pierre & Miquelon, Sint Maarten, South Georgia and the South Sandwich, Svalbard and Jan Mayen, Turks and Caicos Islands, US Minor Outlying Islands, U.S. Virgin Islands, Wallis and Futuna.
There are 14 countries where Scouting exists (be it embryonic or widespread) but where there is no National Scout Organization which is yet a member of WOSM.
Albania, Central African Republic, Congo, Djibouti, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Iran, Kyrgyzstan, Mali, Nauru, Samoa, Somalia, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan
WOSM maintains official contacts with French Polynesia, which is an associate member of the Asia-Pacific Scout Region.
Governance
The World Organization of the Scout Movement (WOSM) is made up of 171 National Scout Organizations all over the world, divided into six Regions: Africa, Arab, Asia-Pacific, Eurasia, Europe and Inter-america. The World Scout Conference, which takes place every three years, is the governing body of WOSM. It elects a World Scout Committee, which is the executive body of the organisation. The World Scout Bureau is the secretariat and is headed by a Secretary General.
The World Scout Conference is the governing body, the "general assembly" of Scouting, and is composed of all the members of the World Organization: the National Scout Organizations (NSOs). An NSO can have a maximum of six delegates at a World Scout Conference.
The function of the Conference is to consider the policy and standards of the Scout Movement throughout the world, formulate the general policy of the World Organization, and take the action required to further the purpose of the Movement. The Conference takes place every three years. In addition to delegates, observers authorized by their National Scout Organization are also eligible to attend the event. Delegations usually include International Commissioners, the Scout responsible for relations with WOSM and with Scout Organizations in other countries.
In conjunction to the Conference, a World Scout Youth Forum is held. Through preparing inputs and making recommendations to the World Scout Conference and to the World Scout Committee, participants develop the skills necessary to take part in decision-making processes. The Youth Forum is open to members aged 18-26, of which many are also delegates at the World Scout Conference. The World Scout Youth Forum is considered as an interim measure to improve youth involvement in decision-making at world level.
The World Scout Committee is the executive body of WOSM. It is responsible for the implementation of the resolutions of the World Scout Conference and for acting on its behalf between its meetings. The Committee is composed of the following members:
Voting members:
Twelve elected members, each from a different country. They are elected by the World Scout Conference by secret ballot, for a three-year term. The elected members are eligible for re-election for an additional term, serving a maximum of six consecutive years. Youth Advisors to the World Scout Committee Six Youth Advisors, each from a different country are elected by the World Scout Youth Forum participants, preceding the World Scout Conference.
Ex-officio non-voting members:
The Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of each duly elected Regional Scout Committee
The Secretary General of WOSM
The Treasurer, who is appointed by the World Scout Committee
A member of the Board of the World Scout Foundation
The Committee normally meets twice a year. Its Steering Committee, consisting of the Chairperson, two Vice-Chairpersons and the Secretary General, meets as needed.
Mr. Japrith Fernando was elected to the World Scout Committee in 2017.
There are Six Scout regions. Sri Lanka belongs to Asia Pacific Region.
The Regions are strategically managed by Regional Scout Committees, which are elected by Regional Scout Conferences. These conferences take place every three years. The Regions are supported by Regional Offices, which are part of the World Scout Bureau.
Inter America - Panama City, Republic of Panama
Asia Pacific - Manila, Philippines
Europe - Geneva, Switzerland & Brussels, Belgium
Africa - Nairobi, Kenya
Arab - Cairo, Egypt
Eurasia - Kyiv, Ukraine
The Asia-Pacific Scout Region is strategically managed by the Regional Scout Committee, the members of which are elected at large by the Regional Scout Conference. The Regional Scout Conference is the general assembly attended by the leadership of all 28 member National Scout Organizations in the Region. There are 30 million Scouts in this region.
Asia Pacific Regional Committee
Chairperson : Dale B Corvera
From such small beginnings, the excitement builds to cooking Backwoods-style, without the conventional utensils. Natural products are the ideal cabbage leaves, mud and similar – but cooking foil is a practical substitute to introduce young and old alike to the joys of backwoods cooking.
Written below are a few general guidelines for cooking the recipes that are to follow. The all- important point to remember, however is to ensure that a high standard of cleanliness is maintained throughout the preparation and cooking of the food – just because you are cooking in a slightly primitive fashion, doesn’t mean that hygiene precautions also need to be primitive!
Planning
Before you actually start the cooking and preparation of the food ensure that you have everything you will need to hand:
Food
Knives, Spoons and so on for cooking and preparation use
Foil, newspaper, string, scissors as required by the recipe.
Bowl of water for washing hands – and a towel
You will find that you will probably have another use for the bowl of water- no matter how skilled you are, there will undoubtedly come a time when you will need to soothe burnt fingers!
The fire
The best fire for cooking is one which consists of glowing embers, this means that you will need to light the fire and keep it well stoked quite a while prior to actually organizing the meal. Charcoal, lit using suitable kindling and left for 20 minutes or so to get burning well, is the best fuel.
Bear in mind the following when preparing any backwoods feast:
Always use two thicknesses of foil
Keep everything in the cooking area clean
Keep the embers hot at all times by adding small amounts of fuel at regular intervals
Have tongs and rags to hand ready for handling hot parcels of food
Fold foil so that the contents can be easily checked but so that no juices are able to escape
If you think that the outside of the food is overcooking but the inside is not ready, add another sheet of foil.
Make sure that you have somewhere clean available to place the food when it is ready.
Try out new ideas and recipes in the oven at home (not microwave!) before asking others to attempt cooking them
Using foil
Household aluminum foil has many uses in a 'backwoods' environment:
Disposable wash bowl - dig a small hole in the ground, line it with two thicknesses of foil and fill with water.
Drinking cup - mould two layers of foil around an old can or large stone and crimp the edges after removing the can or stone.
Strainer - as above, but pierce holes in the bottom of the cup Here are some recipes for you to try out:
You will need:
One large potato per person
One egg per person
Foil
Teaspoon Method
Wash the potatoes and cut the top off each one approximately one third from the thinnest and.
Scoop out the centre of potato with the teaspoon, being careful not to pierce the side of it. It is important that you remove just sufficient potato to accommodate the yolk and the white of an egg,
Break an egg and pour it into the cavity in the potato and replace the ‘lid’ you initially cut off.
Wrap in two layers of foil and place in hot embers for about half an hour, turning it after 15 minutes.
Variations
The egg can be replaced ..x1f.g'rated cheese, minced beef and onions, corned beef, chopped ham, mushrooms and so on. Be sure not to waste the excess potato - wrap it all up in two layers of foil with a large knob of butter and consign to the embers for 15 minutes or so.
Baked Bananas
Bananas
Margarine
Brown Sugar
Foil Method:
Peel the banana and place it in a foil ‘boat’ (that is, a foil dish with an open top)
Spread the margarine over the banana and sprinkle brown sugar over it
Place the foil boar onto hot embers, leaving the top open
Remove from the fire when the margarine has melted and the sugar has candled Fish in a paper You will need:
One fish (Galmalu, Linna and similar) per person
Newspaper sized sheets of white paper (not newspaper as the printed ink is unsafe for food)
String Method:
Prepare the fish, removing the innards, and place on a sheet of paper, which is folded to completely surround the fish
Take six sheets of white paper and make up a parcel with the fish I the center, tying it all up securely with string
Place the parcel in a bowl of water until the paper is soaked through
Remove the package from the water and squeeze excess water out gently
Place the damp parcel on hot embers, turning every five minutes. The fish should be cooked by the time the paper begins to char.
The following ideas are simple to cook and the techniques can be easily remembered by even the youngest Scout!
Fried eggs:
Bury a flat stone in the hot coals and, when hot enough (a drop of water o the stone will sizzle if the stone is hot enough to cook on), sweep the ashes off. Crack an egg directly onto the stone, using a surround of greensticks to contain the egg if necessary, Burgers, sausages and meat can also be cooked in this way Twists:
Mix flour, water and a pinch of salt together to form a thick dough, adding raisins and sultanas if the budget will stretch that far. Take a piece of this dough and roll it into a snake-like length, wrapping it around a greenstick (with the bark removed). Support over glowing embers, turning occasionally until the outside turns golden brown. Serve with butter and/or jam.
Make sure you don’t use a stick which adds a bitter taste to the dough. Normally if you can find Guava sticks, it would be ideal and it will add a rich taste.
You can find many recipes online, most of the recipes are in the PDF format. Some you can download for reference:
Show a progress in the Art/ Hobbies that you had selected for the District Commissioner’s Award to the satisfaction of the Scout Master
Take part in a Variety Entertainment , Art exhibition , Public Show Or Present your skill in the selected field, to your Scout Troop
/
/
Fore more information on Burns please proceed to this
- - dormant since the 1980s
() - -
-
-
- shared history with prior to 1950
-
to check all the NSO (National Scout Organizations)
Functions of the Conference includes electing members of the World Scout Committee, admitting new member countries, and selecting the venues for forthcoming , namely the World Scout Jamboree, the World Scout Moot, the World Scout Conference and the World Scout Youth Forum. The most recent World Scout Conference and World Scout Youth Forum took place in 2017 in Azerbaijan and 2021 in Egypt.
to view all the members in the committee
Backwoods cooking hints
Egg in potato
You will need:
Chairperson
Edward Andrew Chapman
Secretary General
Ahmad Alhendawi
Sarah Rita Kattan
Vice-Chairperson
Asia-Pacific Scout Committee
Dale B. Corvera
Step 1 – Lay down the tent and its components: Most modern tents are made of lightweight nylon, all-in-one tent poles, and stakes, while older army-style tents often feature more complicated poles and cloth coverings. Due to this it is important to lay down and account for all the tent components. When laying the tent find the bottom side of the tent and put that side down and orient the windows and door of the tent in the direction, you'd like them to face. Lay it out flat and turn your attention to the poles.
Step 2 - Connect your tent poles: Depending on your particular tent, they may be connected with bungee ropes, or they may be numbered and require that you connect them yourself. Put the tent poles together and lay them across the flat tent.
Step 3 - Insert tent poles into the corresponding flaps in the tent: Most basic tents will have two tent poles that cross each other to form an X that will form the basic frame of the tent. To fit them into the tent, usually you'll put the end of the pole into an eyelet at each corner, and slide the pole either through small flaps on the top of the tent, or attach plastic clips on the top of the tent to the pole.
Step 4 - Raise the tent: This will take some coordination, so it's usually helpful to have a partner for this part. After you've fit both poles through their connection spots, they should probably bend of their own according, straightening up and raising the tent into what looks basically like something you could sleep in.
Step 5 - Stake the tent to the ground: When you've got the tent square on the tarp, use the metal tent stakes to fit through the flaps near the ground at the corners and push them into the ground. If you're in rocky or particularly hard ground, you might need to use a tiny hammer or other blunt object to hammer them in a little. Some tent stakes are pretty easy to bend, so be careful as you do this.
Step 6 - Add on the fly sheet, if you have one. Some tents come with an extra rain guard, called a fly sheet. It's basically another sheet of material that covers the tent. Some have corresponding tent poles and are more elaborate than others, so read the instructions that come with your tent to learn how to put it together if you have a complicated one.
Step 1 - Let the tent air dry in the sun before packing it away. If it rains while you're camping, it's important to let the tent thoroughly dry inside and out before packing it away, or you'll have a mildewy surprise next time you want to go camping. Hang it up on some low-hanging branches, or on the clothes line when you get home to let it dry out thoroughly, and then pack it away securely for next time.
Step 2 - Roll up each item separately and pack them individually. If you've got a stuff-sack in which to pack your tent, it can seem difficult at first to get the whole thing back in there. There's no secret way to fold a tent, and it's usually better to roll them up as opposed to folding them, anyway. Lay each item--the tent itself, and the fly sheet-and fold them lengthwise, then roll them up as tightly as possible and insert each into the sack.
Step 3 - Add the stakes and poles last. When you've got the fly and the tent in the bag, stuff the poles and the stakes carefully in on the side. It'll likely be pretty tight in there, so be gently and don't catch the poles on the edge of the tent and rip it.
Demonstrate straining of ropes, Hold fasts, Anchorages, and Handy Billy pulley system.
Get actively involved in pioneering projects with the Patrol
Rope is fundamental to pioneering. There are many situations in which a length of string or rope can be a lifesaver, especially when it is used to create an essential piece of equipment. These are the basics:
Whether you are mending a strap on a rucksack, or swinging down the side of a cli!, it’s important to use the right kind of rope.
String, twine, cord and rope are pretty much the same thing. They are all made by twisting fibres together. The main difference is in their thickness and strength, and the material from which they are made, which may be natural fibres or synthetic fibres.
Natural ropes use plant fibres such as hemp, sisal, coir, manila, jute and cotton. They are flexible, soft, and fold more easily than synthetic ropes. Synthetic ropes, made from nylon, polyesters and polythene, tend to be lighter, stronger and last longer.
Most ropes are made in one of two ways: Laid ropes use three strands of fibres twisted around each other. The fibres may be natural or synthetic. This is the traditional way of making rope and gives it more strength because if one fibre snaps, the other two may still hold. Braided rope is usually made of synthetic material. It has an even number of strands, often eight or twelve, which are braided or plaited together into a circular tube.
The centre of the tube may be empty, or filled with an inner core of more twisted or braided strands.
Ropes come in many types and sizes and to simplify matters you should use the following as a guide.
75mm rope (25mm diameter) or larger, certainly no smaller than 75mm, should be used whenever it is intended to hold weight such as in the case of a monkey bridge, foot and hand rails, aerial runways, and commando rope bridges. The size of a broom handle is approx. 25mm diameter
50mm rope (16mm diameter) should be used for ‘reeving’ up pulleys and anchors and for rope ladders. The size of a man’s thumb is approx. 16mm-18mm diameter
25mm rope (8mm diameter) should be used for guy ropes in general, on large structures this size would need to be increased. The size of an index finger is what is known as sash cord or a heavy cloths line.
Rope lengths will vary according to how they’re bought. 25 metre lengths will normally cover most projects as the distance between sheer legs or rope bridges shouldn’t exceed 15 metres to avoid ‘flip over’. Flip over occurs when the slack in the rope acts like a skipping rope, when pressure is applied to the middle of the rope it becomes unstable and sways resulting in throwing o! the ‘rope crosser’ or entangling them in the ropes, which is extremely dangerous.
As most of the ropes used in pioneering structures require an element of friction, hawser laid ropes of natural fibre such as sisal or hemp are preferred, but they are more expensive and need care and attention as the fibres can rot if not dried carefully
Synthetic ropes are cheap but require extra care particularly when fixing the ropes to trees and poles. The ropes are generally smoother than hemp or sisal ropes and the knots have a tendency to slip under pressure. To ensure safety and prevent slippage you should secure all knots with extra hitches
No rope lasts for ever, but careful handling should help to ensure it doesn’t fray or break at the worst possible moment. Always:
Store it somewhere dry and shady. Wet rope should be allowed to dry naturally and the ends should be bound or fused to prevent fraying.
Keep it as clean as possible and avoid stepping on it. Dirt and grit may get into the rope and damage the fibres.
Coil rope when not in use. This prevents it from becoming tangled or kinking. It also makes it easier to handle and carry.
Check rope regularly for kinks, fraying or other signs of wear and tear. Do not use damaged rope for load bearing.
If a rope does become frayed or damaged it may be worth cutting away the damaged section and continuing to use the remaining lengths.
However, unless you are sure that the rest of the rope is completely undamaged, it is best not to use it for weight-bearing purposes
The cut ends will need to be sealed to prevent them from unravelling. Ropes made of plastic fibres can be heated to melt the ends and fuse them together. Natural fibres will need to be to be bound or whipped.
WORKING END – the end you are using to tie a knot.
STANDING END – the opposite end to the working end.
STANDING PART – any part of the rope between two ends.
LOOP – a loop made by folding the rope back on itself and crossing the standing part.
BIGHT – a loop made by folding the rope back on itself without crossing the standing part
A BEND – a type of knot used for tying one rope to another.
A HITCH – a way of fastening a rope to another object such as a post, log or rail.
A pulley system is one of the 6 ‘simple machines’. It multiplies force to reduce the human effort required, meaning you can increase your load lifting and pulling capacity. ‘Blocks and tackle’ is basically the term used for a system of pulley’s and ropes working together.
Some pioneering projects will not need pulleys, but the ones that do can mostly be done using 2 pulleys, a double block and a single block.
The main idea to remember is that the less the effort you need to put in, the more rope you need to pull through the system. These two quantities change in proportion
Blocks and tackle enable you to tension a rope (such as for a bridge), raise heavy weights and have many other uses in pioneering.
The size of your blocks will need to be: 150mm for 50mm rope, 230mm for 75mm rope
By employing single and double pulleys different pull ratios can be achieved
How to tie a Cat's Paw Knot. This is the best knot for attaching a sling to a hook for lifting loads. This hitch is commonly used to hoist heavy loads from ships. The double line provides strength and due to the twisted loops, should one side of the double line break there is a good chance that the other side will hold temporarily so that the load can be lowered to the ground.
Form a bight with a closed strop or you can form a loop in doubled line.
Open the bight and tuck it under the standing line. This creates a pair of loops on either side of the double line.
Twist the left side loop clockwise and the right side loop counter clockwise for three or four turns. Be sure to make the exact same number with each loop.
Insert the hook or other device through both of the twisted loops. Pull on the standing lines to snug the turns up against the base of the hook or other device.
Anchorages are used to hold larger pioneering projects down to make them stable and safe. There are 3 main anchorages used in pioneering: The 3-2-1 Holdfast, the Log and Picket, and the Deadman’s, which will hold tents and the like down even in soft ground such as sand.
If at all possible you should anchor your ropes to a fixed object such as a tree or rock. However, they are rarely available in the right places so we have to create our own anchors. With the 3-2-1 Holdfast and the Log and Picket, the pickets should be at least 160cms long and put in position with a sledge hammer or large mallet. If the ground is soft they may need to be longer. The pickets should be set in the ground at 60 degrees and the bindings between pickets should always run from the top of one picket to the bottom of the other.
If you are fixing a rope or spar you should be careful not to damage the bark. This can be done by using some sacking or old canvas to protect the bark from friction.
It may also be necessary to use sacking or padding on a structure if the rope will be subject to excessive friction, particularly in the case of a monkey bridge. This is particularly important when using synthetic ropes as they are prone to melt if in a friction situation or if two ropes are rubbing o! each other.
Collect data about preparing a balanced meal. Be able to prepare a balanced meal for a Person of your age
A very common piece of nutrition advice around the world is to ‘eat a balanced diet.’ This seems like quite an easy idea today, where words like ‘carbohydrates’, ‘fibre’, ‘fructose’ and ‘omega-3 fatty acids’ are now making their way into everyday conversation. In recent decades, scientific research has rapidly expanded the understanding of human nutrition, but this may make a healthy diet seem much more complicated than it used to be. How do we make sure we get enough – but not too much – of the seemingly endless numbers of nutrients out there?
There are six types of nutrients essential for survival: proteins, carbohydrates, lipids (fats), vitamins, minerals and water. Proteins, carbohydrates and fats are macronutrients, ‘macro-’ meaning we require them in large amounts. These provide the body with energy, measured in kilojoules or kilocalories2. Vitamins and minerals are classed as micronutrients because they are only required in small amounts. Water is also an essential macronutrient, as the volume produced by the body through metabolic processes falls far short of the amount we lose every day through perspiration, urine, faeces and respiration.
Despite cultural variations, food is always grouped according to the main functions of its key nutrients. Keeping it simple, most foodstuffs are put to one of three uses: energy, growth and repair, or maintaining healthy metabolic function. Depending how specific we want to be, foodstuffs can be further categorised in up to eight groups, which is why national dietary guidelines around the world may vary regarding the foodstuffs used, but remain very similar regarding overall nutrient needs3.
Carbohydrate-rich food includes rice, pasta, quinoa, couscous, potatoes, bread, barley, oats and other cereals. These provide energy for the brain, muscles and other organs. Wholegrain carbohydrates are the preferred choice since they also provide fibre and vitamin B. Fibre is essential to keep your bowels working smoothly, and vitamin B allows the body to utilize the energy it received from carbohydrates. The more active we are, the more carbohydrates we require.
Protein-rich food includes eggs, seafood, poultry, red meat, pulses, milk, yoghurt, cheese, tofu, nuts and insects. This group is vital for maintaining muscle tissue, red blood cells, and hormone and enzyme production. We need more of these kinds of food in periods of growth (i.e. childhood and adolescence) or physical illness. A lot of high-protein foodstuffs also contain fats and fat-soluble vitamins; fish and eggs are two good examples.
Vegetables (and other plants, such as pulses, fruit, nuts, seeds and herbs) are rich in vitamins, minerals, fibre and phytonutrients4, such as antioxidants. Vitamins and minerals keep our metabolism and organs running efficiently, which is essential for staying healthy. A number of vitamins act as antioxidants. These repair tissue damage caused by metabolic processes or some environmental pollutants. Vegetables, herbs and fresh fruit are also satiating while relatively low in energy, meaning they help maintain a healthy weight. There can never be too many vegetables on the plate provided there is a variety.
A balanced meal definitely does not need to be split up like the plate shown here. This is a guide to give an idea of the proportions of each food group that make up an ideal meal. It also does not mean every meal needs to look like this! If some days we eat more or less of a food group, it can still be balanced out over the week.
Processed food, such as chocolate, cake, chips, biscuits, etc., can be part of a healthy and balanced diet too, in moderation of course. The key is to remember they all are part of the same food group, whatever we call it: treats, junk food, sometimes food, unhealthy food, snacks, etc. Eating lots of different kinds of ‘treats’ still adds up to lots of treats. The more of this kind of food we eat, the more likely we are to either neglect more nutritious food or consume unnecessary kilocalories.
Food containing fibre and/or protein increases satiety, keeping us feeling fuller for longer. This means we are less likely to be tempted by readily accessible and conveniently packaged food, such as sweets, chocolates, crackers and cheese, crisps or an ice cream an hour after your meal. Including protein and fibre at main meals promotes better eating patterns, which would support long-term weight maintenance. High-fibre food includes wholegrain cereals, fruit and vegetables, particularly the skins.
Herbs and spices make wonderful additions to any dish. They provide lots of micronutrients, almost no kilocalories, and a delicious flavour lift to even the most basic meals.
Protein is the main nutrient for growth and repair, but calcium is essential to bone and muscle health too – and is the reason dairy products are often given their own food group. Milk, yoghurt and cheese are well-known sources, but plenty of other types of food boast a boost of calcium too: tofu and soya-bean products, calcium-fortified non-dairy milk, pak choi, kale, collard, almonds, broccoli and the soft bones of cooked fish such as sardines.
Healthy eating does not need to be complicated. In fact, it shouldn’t be! Using the principles of ¼ + ¼ + ½, any meal can nourish your wellbeing. It’s much easier and healthier than restrictive diets and unbalanced fads – I’m sure you know the ones I’m talking about.
Be able to do the following with the Patrol. March, mark time, Halt, Mark time while marching, Carrying the staff/ flag while marching, Salute while marching
Back Splice
Eye Splice
The eye splice is a method of creating a permanent loop (an "eye") in the end of a rope by means of rope splicing.
Getting Started: From one end of the rope, countback 16 crowns. Tape this section.
unlay the rope up to the tape then tape the end of each strand. Form the eye and tape the standing part of the rope. To avoid a twist in the eye of the finished splice, untwist the rope one-half turn between the pieces of tape.
STEP 1 - TUCKING THE FIRST STRAND: With a fid or your finger, raise a strand just below the tape on the standing part of the rope and insert the middle working strand under the fid and pull the strand through. Mark the first tucked strand with a single hash mark; numbering the working strands will help you keep track of the tucking process.
STEP 2 - TUCKING THE SECOND STRAND: Using the fid to separate strands, tuck the next working strand over the strand you just tucked under and under the strand just below it. Mark this strand with a double hash mark.
STEP 3 - TUCKING THE THIRD STRAND: Turn the entire piece over. There is one working strand left to tuck and there is one strand left in the standing part of the rope that does not have a working strand under it. Insert the fid to separate the strands and make this tuck, continuing to work counter to the lay or twist of the rope. Mark this strand with a triple hash mark.The first round of tucks is complete. Tighten if necessary by pulling on the strand ends.When you tuck, take care to use all three strands in each round and that you tuck under a strand in the standing part of the rope and not under one of your working strands.
STEP 4 - FINISHING THE SPLICE: 3-Strand Tuck Eye Splice Figure 5Perform four more complete tucks. Tighten tucks if necessary. Both the front and the back of the splice should resemble the illustrations shown.
Short Splice
Tape the rope. Unravel enough for about 5 tucks. Push the ends into each other and tape the middle. Make the first complete set of tucks, and then another. Repeat this using the other end. Remove the tapes, tighten, and complete the remaining tucks. The Short Splice makes a secure join between two lengths of three-strand rope. This is entirely satisfactory for some purposes, e.g., making a longer tow rope or dinghy painter. However, the Short Splice is useless for any running rigging because the splice will be too fat to pass through any blocks.
Do a self- introduction in all three languages in at least 2 minutes.
Ability to write undermentioned in all three languages:
Name, Address, Country, Name of the School, Hobbies
There are multiple ways of introducing yourself with the help of Google Translate
It is not a very good practice to rely 100% on Google Translate but to refer books published by Authors from the local bookshops.
Basic knowledge on PowerPoint presentations/animations
Create a personal e-mail address and use it
Registration at www.scout.org website (optional)
Email is still among the most widely used communication tools in the workplace today. However, while email is still the go-to medium for a lot of people, companies find that its disadvantages overtakes its advantages if they don’t take steps for improving email communication.
Email is a free tool. Once you are online, there is no further expense that you need to spend on in order to send and receive messages.
Email is quick. Once you have finished composing a message, sending it is as simple as clicking a button. Email, especially if an email system is integrated into the network, is sent, delivered and read almost immediately.
Email is simple. It is easy to use. Once your account is set up, composing, sending and receiving messages is simple. Also, email allows for the easy and quick access of information and contacts.
Email allows for easy referencing. Messages that have been sent and received can stored, and searched through safely and easily. It is a lot easier to go through old email messages rather than old notes written on paper.
Email is accessible from anywhere – as long as you have an internet connection. Whether or not you are in the office or on the field, or even overseas, you can access your inbox and go through your messages.
Email is paperless, and therefore, beneficial for the planet. Not only can you reduce the costs of paper, you are actually reducing the damage paper usage does to the environment.
Email allows for mass sending of messages. An effective medium to utilize to get your message out there, you can send one particular message to several recipients all at once.
Email allows for instant access of information and files. You can opt to send yourself files and keep messages so that you have a paper trail of conversations and interactions you have online just in case you may need them in the future.
There are two main types of email service providers to choose from: email clients and webmail. When you use your provider to access your email from a different device or location online, you can use one of three major email protocols to do so: POP3, IMAP, and Exchange.
Email clients are software applications that you install onto the computer itself to manage the email you send and receive. To access this email, the client interacts with a remote email server.
Email clients you've likely heard of include Microsoft Outlook, Mozilla Thunderbird, and Apple Mail.
If you want to access this type of email from the web, rather than the client's computer application, the email client uses one of the email protocols described below. For example, although you might have Outlook installed on your computer, you can also log in to your email account via outlook.com using a specific email protocol.
Webmail is a form of email you access exclusively from the internet, and therefore exists primarily on the cloud rather than your computer. Instead of an installed application fetching your email, you manage your inbox right from your internet browser.
Webmail providers you've likely heard of include Gmail, Yahoo! Mail, and AOL (all of which have made our list of best free email accounts, below).
If you want to access your webmail from a mail app on your mobile device, rather than your desktop web browser, your webmail provider can use one of the email protocols described below.
Now, before we get into the best free email accounts, let's talk about those email protocols.
Email protocols are the systems that actually retrieve your email for you. They can be used to fetch email client accounts on the internet, and fetch webmail accounts on a mobile app. Here are the three main types of email protocol your account can use.
POP3
POP stands for "post office protocol," and is best suited for people who have just one email account and email client. POP3 is the latest version of this email protocol, and allows you to access email while offline. It therefore requires less internet bandwidth.
IMAP
IMAP stands for "internet mail access protocol," and is one of the older email protocol available today. IMAP4 is considered the latest version, and unlike the POP protocol, you do not download your email to your offline email client. Instead, all your email stays online while you're accessing and managing it.
IMAP is particularly useful for people who have more than one email account and access them from multiple devices or locations.
An email provider
Basic details (First Name, Last Name, Date of Birth, mobile phone number)
An easy to remember email address according to your purpose
A strong password with combination of Uppercase letters, symbols and numbers
Making a good presentation starts with crafting the content. No matter how compelling your message is, if you don’t get it out of your brain and on to the screen in a simple way, you’ll be met with a sea of blank faces. So, where to begin?
When it comes to what you have to say, break it down into three simple sections: your presentation needs an introduction, body, and conclusion.
A compelling introduction. Your introduction needs to briefly sum up what you’re going to talk about and why it’s useful or relevant to your audience.
Offer a body of evidence. The body of your presentation is where you hit ’em with the facts, quotes, and evidence to back up your main points.
Sum up with key takeaways. The conclusion is where you loop back to your original statement and give the audience some key takeaways on how they can put into practice what they’ve learned.
No more than 10 slides in total. Who wants to sit through pages and pages of slides? No one, that’s who. By keeping your slide deck to 10 slides, even if your presentation is 30 minutes long, you’ll give the audience a chance to digest the on-screen messages in line with your talk. Using concept maps before structuring your slides can help keep to the point.
Less really is more, especially when it comes to making a good presentation. Too much text and the audience will just be reading the screen instead of looking at you and feeling the emotional impact of your message.
No more than six words per slide. Choose your words carefully and rewrite until you’ve got it just right.
Think ‘bite-size’ information. Studies have shown that information is retained better when it’s broken down into bite-sized chunks. Video is a great way to learn and research suggests it’s 95% more compelling than text.
Use color sparingly. Bright colors can dazzle, but too many can be off-putting. Use the colors most relevant to your message. We’d recommend sticking with one or two (not counting black and white) for your palette so it has a consistent look and feel.
Be consistent with your font. Consistent design makes you look more professional. Don’t switch between caps and lower case, Times New Roman and Comic Sans, or 8 and 30 point text size. Stick with one font and one size throughout. You can vary the emphasis with your words later, but keep your on-screen text uniform for a more cohesive message.
Format for perfection. A wonky line on a slide or a badly pixelated graphic will put some people off, as it will look like you haven’t tried very hard (or worse, that you just aren’t very good). Make sure your text is aligned and neat like in the example below.
Just like some well-worn shoes, a good presentation often needs a few rounds of dusting before it’s all shiny and sparkly.
Edit ruthlessly. At first you might have a huge amount of information and will wonder how you’re ever going get it down to six words per slide.
How you start and finish your presentation will make all the difference. Audiences usually make up their minds about someone in the first 7 seconds, so make those first moments count.
Be different. You open with an amusing story.A story like this is different and unexpected for your audience, so they’ll sit up and take notice.
Ask a question. Rhetorical questions are a great way to frame a topic and introduce ideas. Martin Luther King Jr. said: ‘there are those who are asking the devotees of civil rights, “When will you be satisfied?’”
Tailor it to your audience. How much do you know about your audience? The more you know, the better. Especially if you know their likes and dislikes. Inserting a relevant metaphor or popular culture reference.
Oscar Wilde said ‘Be yourself; everyone else is already taken.’ A lack of authenticity will be spotted a mile away. Whatever you’re saying, speak from the heart and don’t try to impress – there’s no need to prove yourself, just to get the point across as you see it. After all, that’s why you’re there, and you can’t do more than that.
Use humor. Humor can be great for giving a presentation, but cut it out if it feels like a stretch. Telling a humorous story can break down any barriers, make you more likeable, and make your message more memorable (and people are surprisingly generous with laughter) but the faintest whiff of desperation will kill a funny vibe.
Don’t be afraid to mess up. The fear of making a mistake can make you inordinately nervous. Relax, even the best speakers mess up or have bad luck.
Open up and be vulnerable. “Sometimes the bravest and most important thing you can do is just show up.” This means speaking your truth and daring to feel a little uncomfortable as you share a meaningful story. It will connect your audience to you like never before.
With all the prep you’re doing on the content and design of your presentation, it can be easy to overlook other variables that are within your control for a stress-free delivery.
Have a practice run-through. There’s nothing like reading it out loud to ensure your message makes sense before you actually deliver it. Try recording your presentation on video — this way you’ll be able to review with an accurate eye and notice whether your speech matches up with your slides. It’ll also help you sort out your run time.
Use a remote. A clicker or remote will help you face the audience and not have to keep turning back to your laptop. A remote is essential in order to pause and advance your presentation so you have time to be spontaneous and control the flow of your delivery.
Have backup material. Not everything you say is going to resonate with your audience. It’s best to be flexible enough to change the game as and when needed. Preparing for every eventuality will help soothe your nerves and allow you to feel more in control.
Use a timer. When you get into the flow of your message, it’s easy to go off on a tangent or even spend too long on audience questions. Put your phone on airplane mode and set the stopwatch just as you begin speaking. A quick glance down at the table during a pause will allow you to make sure you’re not going overtime.
You’re coming to the end of your presentation. How do you wrap it up in a way that will be everlasting in their memories? The experts recommend you focus on the feeling you want the audience to take home.
Leave your audience with an emotional impression. ‘They might forget what you said, but they’ll never forget the way they made you feel’. By leaving them with an emotional impression, from a piece of video with moving music to a line from a song or poem, you’ll strike that resonant chord and end on a high.
Use a pause for key takeaways. Want the audience to remember something specific? Say it slowly and leave a pause at the end. The silence will emphasize what you said and make it meaningful.
Make your core message sing. A call to action is the best way to wrap up your presentation with strength and impact. What do you want your audience to do next?
Be able to show ability about undermentioned:
Forward bearing using the compass
Triangulation (Resection and intersection)
Know how to identify the position of the Scout using a map and triangulation
Be able to identify landmarks visible, using the landmarks indicated in the map
Know how to plot a hike route taking into account the contour lines indicated in a map
Emergency Situation: You’re out on a solo, non-Scouting day hike at a local nature preserve when you realize you’ve wandered off the marked trail. You try backtracking, to no avail. You turn to your GPS for help, but the battery’s dead, and there’s no replacement. Your cell phone has no signal. Reaching for your paper map and mechanical compass, you’re shocked to find them missing. In a few hours, your family will be surprised to find you missing, too. How do you find your way back to civilization?
Solution Assuming you’ve told someone where you’re going and when you’ll be back, the general rule of thumb when you lose your way is to stay put, not wander without direction. Your Boy Scout training taught you the mnemonic “STOP” or Stay put, Think, Observe and Plan. But before you decide that you’re lost, take a deep breath. Often the immediate stress of losing one’s way causes a person to make erratic decisions. Stay calm. And before you decide you’re officially lost, consider these route-finding methods that will help get you back to safety. With a few simple tricks, you can easily determine your direction of travel and — assuming you at least know where you’ve come from — hike back to safety.
First, the easy ones. You may have heard that the sun rises in the east and sets in the west. If not, you’ve at least seen pictures. (And yes, this is true even in Australia.) If the sky is clear, you should be able to determine the compass points by following the path of the sun. This method won’t, of course, give you a precise heading, but it will give you a general idea that you’re at least not walking in the opposite direction you came from. Because weather generally moves west to east, observing the movement of cloud formations may further help you. In addition, in the northern hemisphere, north-facing slopes tend to be in more shadow, cooler, and thus hold water and snow/ice.
If you’ve got an analog watch, you can use it to double-check your presumed compass points. (This works only if the sun is visible.) Take the watch off and hold it flat on your palm. Rotate it so the hour hand points toward the sun. Next, picture a line passing through the numeral “12” on the watch face and crossing the hour hand at the pivot point. Finally, imagine a line that bisects the arc between the “12” and the hour hand. This line is north-south, with the continuation of the bisecting line across the arc pointing south. (See illustration.) If your watch is set to daylight saving time, use the line that bisects the hour hand and the “1”, not the “12.” And be advised that it will be getting darker sooner! One of the great things about this method is that it will work even if you have a digital watch. As long as you know the time, all you have to do is draw a watch face on a piece of paper, then proceed as above.
Another navigation method is to follow the path of a river. This method is useful (with some caveats, below) because human settlements are typically on or very near rivers. Following a river is more likely to bring you to civilization than, say, wandering aimlessly in the wilderness. It’s true that most rivers flow north to south. But that’s a bit like saying “most” snakes are not poisonous. Unless you’re familiar with specific snakes (or rivers), a mistake can be costly. It’s also true that, except on completely flat terrain, rivers flow downhill: from higher elevation to mouth. Of course, rivers may meander in any direction, often for miles. Unless you know, for certain, where the source of a river is, it’s best to rely on one not for true compass points but rather as a method to get you to a populated area. Following a road is probably a better idea, if you can locate one.
There are numerous methods of navigation using the stars, but these require not only an unobstructed view of the night sky but also hiking at night, which is not recommended if you’re truly lost — there are too many ways to get injured. Still, another tip: If the moon rises before the sun sets, the illuminated side will face west. If it rises after midnight, the illuminated side will face east.
BEFORE YOU GO Use this checklist to make sure you’re prepared before you head out on a weekend hike.
Know the area. Research where you plan to go, and talk with someone who’s hiked or camped in the same location.
Don’t hike alone. Take a buddy. Better yet, travel in groups of four to 10. That way, if someone gets injured, you can leave a buddy with the injured party while a group of two travels to get help.
Leave an itinerary. Whether you’re hiking with or without Scouts, make sure others know where you’re going and when you will return.
Prepare for emergency situations. This includes weather, injury, dehydration, losing your way and more.
STOP. Make sure the group members know what to do if they become lost or separated from the group.
Polaris, the North Star, is an important navigational star because its position in the sky is almost exactly (within a few degrees) lined up with the rotational axis of the Earth. This means that no matter where you are on the Earth (so long as you're in the Northern Hemisphere) if you face toward Polaris you are facing North. Finding Polaris is an incredibly useful night time navigation technique that's helped everyone from the Egyptians to the Vikings find there way on the open seas. But it also is one of the easiest stars to find - something my Dad taught us as kids - and can serve as a great entryway into the world of star gazing and constellations. In fact, locating it involves two of perhaps the three most recognizable constellations in the northern hemisphere (two of which we'll mention in a second; the third being Orion, the hunter).
The first step is to find the constellation of Ursa Major, commonly known as the Big Dipper. It is perhaps the most easily recognizable constellation in the night sky, and looks like a large spoon or perhaps a wheel barrow.
It is composed of seven bright stars - three in the handle and four in the head of the spoon. If you can find it in the picture above, great. If not, look at the next photo.
Next, imagine the line connecting the two front stars of the Big Dipper, which I've marked in red. If you continue this line off to the upper right, the first bright star you come to is Polaris, the North Star.
But with the North Star being such an important and useful star, you want to be sure you've got the right one. After all, there are a lot of stars up there, and they do all look pretty similar.
Luckily, not only is Polaris in line with two stars from the Big Dipper, it is in fact a part of the Little Dipper itself, which makes it easy to check if you're looking at the right star. Like the Big Dipper, the Little Dipper (Ursa Minor) is composed of seven stars, three in the handle and four in the head of the spoon (marked in red). The Little Dipper floats above its bigger brother, and is angled as if it were pouring water into the larger spoon. Polaris is the last star in the handle of the Little Dipper.
If you can recognize and identify the relationships between these 14 stars, you will always be able to find the North Star. It helps that they are some of the brightest stars in the night sky.
Of course the best way to test your new found star-gazing abilities would be to go outside in the country and take a look at the heavens. But if that's a bit unfeasible at the moment, then try your hand at finding the North Star in these next two photographs. The first is rather easy, the second is maybe challenging.
Be able to properly use camping equipment such as tents. Know how to repair, clean and maintain them
A Scout group has their own space to store their equipment which is called a Scout Den, Scout cave, Scout Room, Storage. The Camp equipment categorized into three
Troop Equipment
Patrol Equipment
Individual Scout Equipment
Quartermaster and the Scout Master are directly in-charge of the Troop Equipment and cannot be used any other purpose other than Scouting on regular meetings without prior consent/approval.
Large Kettle
Heavy Duty Burner
1 large Utensil
4 plastic buckets
5 patrol Tents
1 20ft Tarp
First Aid kit
Mallet
And the list continues for the common items in the den. The Q.M. has the item count and keeps track on the items, replaces, repair when damaged.
The troop equipment is categorized according to the usage level, rarely used equipment such as farming tools in a school environment, paint brushes, wooden logs for platforms are labeled in colour Red, most commonly used items are labeled in green; such as wooden mallet, pegs.
Red - Rarely using equipment : Farming tools, paint brushes
Yellow - Moderately using equipment : Manilla Ropes, Pulley Blocks
Green - Common equipment : Saw, Mallet, Pegs, Flag Pole
Colours can be customized according to the categories.
Patrols have their own space called the Patrol Corner or a shared space. The items in Patrol corners are not counted as Troop Equipment but as Patrol Equipment. If the equipment donated to the Troop, the equipment considered as Troop equipment and can be commonly used. Patrol equipment shared only among Patrol members and a property of the Patrol. The main responsibility for Patrol Equipment goes to the Patrol Leader and the Quartermaster is the one with the authority.
Patrol Corners normally contain;
A first Aid kit
Lanterns
Trophies
Patrol Box
Cups
The lifespan of equipment is measured the way you are treating the equipment. It is a general practice that you store valuable items such as pulley blocks and ropes in barrels with seals.
It is everyone's responsibility to take care of the equipment. Oiling the tools, painting the staves, stools are practiced in regular Scout Meetings.
Individual Scout Equipment includes everything you need for a camp/event/hike and asked by the administration for you to bring. You will see this in common attached to the camp circulars
Scout Uniform and Belt
Socks 4 pairs
Pants and undergarments for 4 days
6 T-shirts
Shoes & slippers
Cap or Hat
Towel
Swimming trunk
Toiletries
Personal Medication
Notebook & Pen
Torch
Trash Bag
Sewing Kit
Pocket Knife/Scout Knife
Cup & Plate
Water Bottle
Backpack
And the list continues. The equipment list depends on the type of camp.
Should develop his understanding of the Scout Law and the Scout Promise and teach a new recruit (if possible recruited by the Scout passing the test) the Scout Promise and the Scout Law. This to be done under the supervision of the Scout Master
Teaching is the best way to understand. Here are a few ways to conduct teaching a recruit about the Promise & Law
If at a Scout Meeting, briefly talk about
History of the Scout Promise and Law
Why a Scout should live by the Scout Oath
Conduct a brainstorming game or a fun game to memorize the Promise and Law easily
Test their knowledge
Evaluate the session
Reference :
A Back Splice is used to as a semi-permanent way to finish off the end of a three-strand rope and prevent it from fraying. This is accomplished by unraveling the strands of the rope, tying a , and then interweaving the strands back down the length of the rope. An alternative to the Back Splice is or, in the case of nylon and other plastic materials, the rope strands are simply fused together with heat to prevent fraying.
A good design can make or break a presentation. If you haven’t got the budget for a designer, tools such as Visme or will help you make great slides, and or offer stunning royalty-free images.
Start Messy. Don’t be afraid to start messy. Using a non-linear writing tool like allows you to explore and outline your initial ideas in a flexible way before you even open up Powerpoint or Keynote. Arrange your ideas side-by-side and discover new connections that you didn’t see before.
Get someone else to look at it. A fresh pair of eyes can work miracles when it comes to refining your presentation. Get a trusted mentor or colleague to review your work. If you don’t know anyone who can help, an online writing assistant like or can help you weed out a lot of problems.
Have a general understanding of productivity concepts such as Kaizen
Kaizen is an approach to creating continuous improvement based on the idea that small, ongoing positive changes can reap significant improvements. Typically, it is based on cooperation and commitment and stands in contrast to approaches that use radical or top-down changes to achieve transformation. Kaizen is core to lean manufacturing and the Toyota Way. It was developed in the manufacturing sector to lower defects, eliminate waste, boost productivity, encourage worker purpose and accountability, and promote innovation.
As a broad concept that carries myriad interpretations, it has been adopted in many other industries, including healthcare. It can be applied to any area of business, and even on the individual level. Kaizen can use a number of approaches and tools, such as value stream mapping -- which documents, analyzes and improves information or material flows required to produce a product or service -- and Total Quality Management (TQM) -- which is a management framework that enlists workers at all levels to focus on quality improvements. Regardless of methodology, in an organizational setting, the successful use of Kaizen rests on gaining support for the approach across the organization, and from the CEO down.
Kaizen is a compound of two Japanese words that together translate as "good change" or "improvement." However, Kaizen has come to mean "continuous improvement" through its association with lean methodology and principles. Kaizen has its origins in post-World War II Japanese quality circles. These circles or groups of workers focused on preventing defects at Toyota and were developed partly in response to American management and productivity consultants who visited the country, especially W. Edwards Deming, who argued that quality control should be put more directly in the hands of line workers. Kaizen was brought to the West and popularized by Masaaki Imai via his book Kaizen: The Key to Japan's Competitive Success in 1986.
Because executing Kaizen requires enabling the right mindset throughout a company, 10 principles that address the Kaizen mindset are commonly referenced as core to the philosophy. They are:
Let go of assumptions.
Be proactive about solving problems.
Don't accept the status quo.
Let go of perfectionism and take an attitude of iterative, adaptive change.
Look for solutions as you find mistakes.
Create an environment in which everyone feels empowered to contribute.
Don't accept the obvious issue; instead, ask "why" five times to get to the root cause.
Cull information and opinions from multiple people.
Use creativity to find low-cost, small improvements.
Never stop improving.
Kaizen is based on the belief that everything can be improved, and nothing is the status quo. It also rests on a Respect for People principle. Kaizen involves identifying issues and opportunities, creating solutions and rolling them out -- and then cycling through the process again for inadequately addressed issues or problems. A cycle made up of seven steps can be implemented for continuous improvement and give a systematic method for executing this process.
Kaizen can be implemented in a seven-step cycle to create an environment based on continuous improvement. This systematic method includes:
Get employees involved. Seek the involvement of employees, including gathering their help in identifying issues and problems. Doing so creates buy-in for change. Often, this is organized as specific groups of individuals charged with gathering and relaying information from a wider group of employees.
Find problems. Using widespread feedback from all employees, gather a list of problems and potential opportunities. Create a list if there are many issues.
Create a solution. Encourage employees to offer creative solutions, with all manner of ideas encouraged. Pick a winning solution or solutions from the ideas presented.
Test the solution. Implement the winning solution chosen above, with everyone participating in the rollout. Create pilot programs or take other small steps to test out the solution.
Analyze the results. At various intervals, check progress, with specific plans for who will be the point of contact and how best to keep ground-level workers engaged. Determine how successful the change has been.
Standardize. If results are positive, adopt the solution throughout the organization.
Repeat. These seven steps should be repeated on an ongoing basis, with new solutions tested where appropriate or new lists of problems tackled.
Additional approaches to the Kaizen cycle exist, such as one that is condensed into four steps -- plan, do, check, act, or PDCA. It is also known as the Shewhart cycle or Deming cycle.
Although the aim of Kaizen is widespread cultural change, the events to kick-start Kaizen efforts or focus on a specific set of problems have evolved.
In the West, these concentrated efforts to make quick changes to achieve a short-term goal are often the extent of Kaizen efforts. There are numerous names associated with Kaizen events, including Kaizen blitz, Kaizen burst, Kaizen workshop, focused improvement workshop, continuous improvement workshop and rapid process workshop. These events can rely on various tools or focus on specific areas, such as 5S, total productive maintenance and value stream mapping.
A 5S framework is a critical part of the Kaizen system and establishes an ideal physical workplace. The 5Ses focus on creating visual order, organization, cleanliness and standardization to improve profitability, efficiency, service and safety. Below are the original Japanese 5Ses and their common English translations.
Seiri/Sort (organize) -- Separate necessary workplace items from unnecessary ones and remove unnecessary items.
Seiton/Set in order (create orderliness) -- Arrange items to allow for easy access in the way that makes the most sense for work.
Seiso/Shine (cleanliness) -- Keep the workspace clean and tidy.
Seiketsu/Standardize (standardized cleaning) -- Systematize workplace cleanup best practices.
Shitsuke/Sustain (discipline) -- Keep the effort going.
There are a number of reasons why Kaizen can be an advantage for an organization; however, there are some situations for which it is less suited.
Some of Kaizen's advantages are:
With its focus on gradual improvement, Kaizen can create a gentler approach to change in contrast to big efforts that may be abandoned due to their tendency to provoke change resistance and abandonment.
Kaizen encourages scrutiny of processes so that mistakes and waste can be reduced.
Inspection needs are lessened because errors are reduced.
Employee morale grows because it can bring about a sense of value and purposefulness.
Teamwork increases as employees think beyond the specific issues of their department.
Client focus increases as customer requirements awareness are raised.
Systems are in place to ensure improvements are encouraged both in the short term and the long term.
Some of Kaizen's disadvantages are:
Companies with cultures of territorialism and closed communication may first need to focus on cultural changes to create a receptive environment.
Short-term Kaizen events may create a burst of excitement that is shallow and short-lived and, therefore, gets abandoned before long.
Toyota is arguably the most famous for its use of Kaizen, but other companies have used the approach successfully. Here are three examples:
Lockheed Martin. The aerospace company is a well-known proponent of Kaizen. Through the use of Kaizen, it has successfully reduced manufacturing costs, reduced inventory and cut delivery time.
Ford Motor Company. When lean devotee Alan Mulally became CEO of Ford in 2006, the auto giant was on the brink of bankruptcy. Mulally used Kaizen to execute one of the most famous corporate turnarounds in history.
Pixar Animation Studios. Pixar has taken a continuous improvement model that reduced risks of expensive movie failure by using quality control checks and iterative processes.
Reference :